å ·ä½å®æ½æ¹å¼DETAILED DESCRIPTION
å°å®¹æçè§£çæ¯ï¼å¯ä»¥ä»¥åç§ä¸åçé ç½®å¸ç½®åè®¾è®¡å¨æ¬æéå¾ä¸æ»ä½æè¿°å说æç峿¶ç»ä»¶ãå æ¤ï¼å¯¹éå¾ä¸æç¤ºçæ¹æ³ãè£ ç½®ãéææè®¡ç®æºå¯è¯»ä»è´¨åç³»ç»ä¸çè³å°ä¸è ç宿½ä¾ç以ä¸è¯¦ç»æè¿°ä¸æ¨å¨éå¶æè¦æ±ä¿æ¤çç³è¯·çèå´ï¼èä» ä» ä»£è¡¨æéæ©ç宿½ä¾ãIt will be readily appreciated that the instant components generally described and illustrated in the figures herein may be arranged and designed in a variety of different configurations. Therefore, the following detailed description of the embodiments of at least one of the methods, devices, non-transitory computer-readable media, and systems illustrated in the figures is not intended to limit the scope of the claimed application, but merely represents selected embodiments.
å¯ä»¥ä»¥ä»»ä½åéçæ¹å¼å¨ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªå®æ½ä¾ä¸ç»åæ¬è¯´æä¹¦ä¸æè¿°ç峿¶ç¹å¾ãç»ææç¹æ§ãä¾å¦ï¼æ¬è¯´æä¹¦ä¸ççè¯â示ä¾å®æ½ä¾âãâä¸äºå®æ½ä¾âæå ¶ä»ç±»ä¼¼è¯è¨çä½¿ç¨æ¯æç»åè¯¥å®æ½ä¾æè¿°çç¹å®ç¹å¾ãç»ææç¹æ§å¯ä»¥å æ¬å¨è³å°ä¸ä¸ªå®æ½ä¾ä¸çäºå®ãå æ¤ï¼æ¬è¯´æä¹¦ä¸ççè¯â示ä¾å®æ½ä¾âãâå¨ä¸äºå®æ½ä¾ä¸âãâå¨å ¶ä»å®æ½ä¾ä¸âæå ¶ä»ç±»ä¼¼è¯è¨çåºç°ä¸ä¸å®é½æåä¸ç»å®æ½ä¾ï¼å¹¶ä¸å¯ä»¥ä»¥ä»»ä½åéçæ¹å¼å¨ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªå®æ½ä¾ä¸ç»åææè¿°çç¹å¾ãç»ææç¹æ§ãThe instant features, structures, or characteristics described in this specification may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments. For example, the use of the phrases "example embodiments," "some embodiments," or other similar language in this specification refers to the fact that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment may be included in at least one embodiment. Thus, the appearance of the phrases "example embodiments," "in some embodiments," "in other embodiments," or other similar language in this specification does not necessarily refer to the same set of embodiments, and the described features, structures, or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments.
å¦å¤ï¼è½ç¶å¨å®æ½ä¾çæè¿°ä¸ä½¿ç¨äºæ¯è¯âæ¶æ¯âï¼ä½æ¯æ¬ç³è¯·å¯ä»¥åºç¨äºè®¸å¤ç±»åçç½ç»æ°æ®ï¼ä¾å¦åç»ãå¸§ãæ°æ®æ¥çãæ¯è¯âæ¶æ¯âè¿å æ¬åç»ãå¸§ãæ°æ®æ¥åå ¶ä»»ä½çåç©ãæ¤å¤ï¼è½ç¶å¨ç¤ºä¾å®æ½ä¾ä¸æè¿°äºæäºç±»åçæ¶æ¯å信令ï¼ä½æ¯å®ä»¬ä¸éäºæä¸ç±»åçæ¶æ¯ï¼å¹¶ä¸æ¬ç³è¯·ä¸éäºæä¸ç±»åç信令ãIn addition, although the term "message" is used in the description of the embodiment, the present application can be applied to many types of network data, such as packets, frames, datagrams, etc. The term "message" also includes packets, frames, datagrams and any equivalents thereof. In addition, although certain types of messages and signaling are described in the example embodiments, they are not limited to a certain type of message, and the present application is not limited to a certain type of signaling.
ç¨äºä¸ºé³é¢ç³»ç»å»ºç«èªå¨è°è°åé 置设置çå¯å¨è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥å æ¬ä¸ç³»åæä½ãå¨èªå¨é ç½®é¶æ®µï¼ç³»ç»åºä»¶å¯ä»¥ä½¿ç¨åºäºä»¥å¤ªç½çèç½åè®®åç°éæ¥å°ä¸å¤®æ§å¶å¨è®¾å¤çå¤å´è®¾å¤ãè¿äºå¤å´è®¾å¤å¯ä»¥å æ¬æ³¢æè·è¸ªéº¦å é£ãæ¾å¤§å¨ãéç¨ä¸²è¡æ»çº¿(USB)åèç(BT)I/Oæ¥å£ä»¥åçµè¯æ¨å·ç设å¤ãç¶åï¼è®¾å¤åºä»¶ä¿®æ¹å ¶èªèº«çé ç½®åæåç°çå¤å´è®¾å¤çé ç½®ï¼ä»¥å°å®ä»¬å½¼æ¤ç¸å ³èå¹¶ä¸éè¿éå½çé³é¢ä¿¡å·å¤çåè½è·¯ç±ç¸å ³èçé³é¢ä¿¡å·ãèªå¨è°è°é¶æ®µå ·æä¸ä¸ªåé¶æ®µï¼éº¦å é£(mic)忬声卿£æµãè°è°åéªè¯ãThe startup process for establishing automatic tuning and configuration settings for the audio system can include a series of operations. In the automatic configuration phase, the system firmware can use an Ethernet-based networking protocol to discover peripheral devices attached to the central controller device. These peripheral devices can include beam tracking microphones, amplifiers, universal serial bus (USB) and Bluetooth (BT) I/O interfaces, and telephone dial devices. The device firmware then modifies its own configuration and the configuration of the discovered peripheral devices to associate them with each other and route the associated audio signals through appropriate audio signal processing functions. The automatic tuning phase has three sub-phases, microphone (mic) and speaker detection, tuning, and verification.
并䏿¯ç±æ§å¶å¨è®¾å¤ç®¡ççæ¯ä¸ªæ¾å¤§å¨è¾åºå£°é(æªç¤ºåº)é½å¯ä»¥å ·æéæ¥çæ¬å£°å¨ãå¨éº¦å é£åæ¬å£°å¨æ£æµé¶æ®µï¼ä»æ¯ä¸ªæ¾å¤§å¨å£°éé¡ºåºææ¾å¯ä¸çæ£æµä¿¡å·ã卿¯ä¸ªæ£æµä¿¡å·åæ¾æé´åæ¶çè§ç±ææéº¦å 飿£æµå°çè¾å ¥ä¿¡å·ã使ç¨è¯¥ææ¯ï¼è¯å«æªè¿æ¥çæ¾å¤§å¨è¾åºå£°éï¼å¹¶ä¸éªè¯æ¯ä¸ªéº¦å é£è¾å ¥ä¿¡å·ç宿´æ§ãå¨è°è°é¶æ®µæé´ï¼ä»æ¯ä¸ªè¿æ¥çæ¾å¤§å¨è¾åºå£°éæé¡ºåºææ¾å ¶ä»å¯ä¸çæµè¯ä¿¡å·ãè¿äºä¿¡å·åæ¬¡ç±ææéº¦å é£åæ¶çè§ãå ·æå¯¹(ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ª)麦å é£çé¢çååºçå éªç¥è¯ï¼å¹¶ä¸ä½¿ç¨åç§é³é¢å¤çææ¯ï¼åºä»¶å¯ä»¥è®¡ç®æ¿é´çèæ¯åªå£°æ°´å¹³ååªå£°é¢è°±ãæ¯ä¸ªæ¾å¤§å¨å£°éåè¿æ¥çæ¬å£°å¨ççµæåº¦(é对ç»å®çä¿¡å·æ°´å¹³çæçæ¿é´SPL)ãæ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨çé¢çååºã仿¯ä¸ªéº¦å é£å°æ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨çè·ç¦»ãæ¿é´æ··åæ¶é´(RT60)çã使ç¨è¿äºè®¡ç®ï¼åºä»¶è½å¤è®¡ç®è°è°åæ°ä»¥ä¼åæ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨å£°éçæ°´å¹³è®¾ç½®ï¼ä»èå®ç°ç»å®çç®æ SPLãæ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨å£°éçEQ设置ï¼ä»¥æ¢å½ä¸åæ¬å£°å¨çé¢çååºåå®ç°ç®æ æ¿é´é¢çååºã声å¦å声æ¶é¤(AEC)ãéåª(NR)åé线æ§å¤ç(NLP)è®¾ç½®å¯¹äºæ¿é´ç¯å¢æ¯æéå½åææçãNot every amplifier output channel (not shown) managed by the controller device can have an attached speaker. During the microphone and speaker detection phase, a unique detection signal is played sequentially from each amplifier channel. The input signal detected by all microphones is monitored simultaneously during each detection signal playback. Using this technology, unconnected amplifier output channels are identified and the integrity of each microphone input signal is verified. During the tuning phase, other unique test signals are played sequentially from each connected amplifier output channel. These signals are again monitored simultaneously by all microphones. With prior knowledge of the frequency response of (one or more) microphones, and using various audio processing techniques, the firmware can calculate the background noise level and noise spectrum of the room, the sensitivity of each amplifier channel and the connected speaker (the room SPL generated for a given signal level), the frequency response of each speaker, the distance from each microphone to each speaker, the room reverberation time (RT60), etc. Using these calculations, the firmware can calculate the tuning parameters to optimize the level setting of each speaker channel, thereby achieving a given target SPL, the EQ setting of each speaker channel, to normalize the frequency response of the speaker and achieve the target room frequency response. Acoustic echo cancellation (AEC), noise reduction (NR), and non-linear processing (NLP) settings are most appropriate and effective for the room environment.
å¨åºç¨è°è°åæ°ä¹ååçéªè¯é¶æ®µãå¨è¯¥é¶æ®µæé´ï¼æµè¯ä¿¡å·ä»æ¯ä¸ªè¿æ¥çæ¾å¤§å¨è¾åºå£°é忬¡è¢«æé¡ºåºææ¾å¹¶ä¸ç±ææéº¦å é£åæ¶çè§ãæµéç¨äºéªè¯ç³»ç»è¾¾å°ç®æ SPLå¹¶ä¸ç³»ç»è¾¾å°ç®æ æ¿é´é¢çååºãå¨éªè¯é¶æ®µæé´ï¼ä¸é¨è®¾è®¡çè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦æµè¯ä¿¡å·è¢«ä»æææ¬å£°å¨ææ¾å¹¶ä¸ç±ææéº¦å é£åæ¶çè§ãè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦æ¯å£°é³ç±æ¶å¬è è½å¤æ£ç¡®è¯å«åçè§£çç¨åº¦çè¡ä¸æ åé度ãå¨ä¿¡æ¯æ¥å䏿便è¿è¡ç大夿°æµéåç±èªå¨è®¾ç½®åºç¨ç设置ï¼ä»¥ä¾¿ä»è®¾å¤ä¸è½½ãThe Verification Phase occurs after the tuning parameters are applied. During this phase, test signals are again played sequentially from each connected amplifier output channel and monitored by all microphones simultaneously. Measurements are used to verify that the system achieves the target SPL and that the system achieves the target room frequency response. During the Verification Phase, a specially designed speech intelligibility test signal is played from all speakers and monitored by all microphones simultaneously. Speech intelligibility is the industry standard measure of how well a sound can be correctly identified and understood by a listener. Most of the measurements made and the settings applied by Auto Setup are provided in an Information Report for download from the device.
示ä¾å®æ½ä¾æä¾äºä¸ç§ç³»ç»ï¼è¯¥ç³»ç»å æ¬ç¨äºç®¡çå¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£åæ¬å£°å¨ä»¥å¨ç¹å®ç¯å¢(ä¾å¦ï¼å·¥ä½åºæç¯å¢ãä¼è®®å®¤ãä¼è®®å ãå¤ä¸ªæ¿é´ãä¸å楼å±ä¸çå¤ä¸ªæ¿é´ç)䏿ä¾é³é¢ä¼åè°è°ç®¡ççæ§å¶å¨æä¸å¤®è®¡ç®æºç³»ç»ãé³é¢ç³»ç»çèªå¨è°è°å æ¬è°è°åç§å£°çº§ï¼æ§è¡åè¡¡ï¼è¯å«ç®æ 声å级(SPL)ï¼ç¡®å®æ¯å¦éè¦åç¼©ï¼æµéè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦ï¼ç¡®å®æä½³å¢çè¿ä¼¼å¼ä»¥åºç¨äºæ¬å£°å¨/麦å é£çãç¯å¢å¯ä»¥å æ¬å¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£åæ¬å£°å¨åºåï¼å ¶ä¸ï¼åç§æ¬å£°å¨éè¿ä¸åçè·ç¦»åéå¼ãç¬¬ä¸æ¹æµè¯è®¾å¤ä¸çæ³å¹¶ä¸ä¸æä¾ç®åçå¯ç¼©æ¾æ§ãçæ³çæ åµä¸ï¼è¯å«å¨ç½ç»ä¸æ´»å¨çç½ç»ç»ä»¶å¹¶ä¸ä» 使ç¨è¿äºç»ä»¶è®¾ç½®ç¨äºä¼è®®æå ¶ä»åç°ç®ççä¼åé³é¢å¹³å°å¯¹äºæ¶é´ãä¸ä¸ç¥è¯åè´¹ç¨ç®çå°æ¯æä½³çãExample embodiments provide a system that includes a controller or central computer system for managing multiple microphones and speakers to provide audio optimized tuning management in a specific environment (e.g., a workplace environment, a conference room, a meeting room, multiple rooms, multiple rooms on different floors, etc.). Automatic tuning of the audio system includes tuning various sound levels, performing equalization, identifying target sound pressure levels (SPLs), determining whether compression is needed, measuring speech intelligibility, determining optimal gain approximations to apply to speakers/microphones, etc. The environment may include multiple microphone and speaker zones, where various speakers are separated by different distances. Third-party test equipment is not ideal and does not provide simplified scalability. Ideally, identifying network components active on the network and using only those components to set up an optimized audio platform for conferencing or other presentation purposes would be optimal for time, expertise, and expense purposes.
èªå¨åè¡¡è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥è½å¤èªå¨å°å°ä»»ä½æ¿é´ä¸ç任使©é³å¨çé¢çååºåè¡¡å°å¯ä»¥ç±å¹³ç´çº¿å/æåæ°å¼æ²çº¿å®ä¹ç任使æçååºå½¢ç¶ã该è¿ç¨å¯è½ä¸å¨æ´»å¨ç¨åºé³é¢äºä»¶æé´èå¨ç³»ç»è®¾ç½®ç¨åºæé´å®æ¶å°æä½ã该è¿ç¨èèå¹¶ä¸å衡对æ°å¹ 度é¢çååº(åè´å¯¹é¢ç)ï¼å¹¶ä¸å¯è½ä¸å°è¯åè¡¡ç¸ä½ã该è¿ç¨è¯å«å ·æä¸ææµéçååºçåæ°é常å¹é çé¢çååºçæä½³æ»¤æ³¢å¨ï¼ä»¥ä¾¿ä½¿æ²çº¿åå¹³æéå¡ä¸ºä¸äºå ¶ä»çææçååºå¼ã该è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥ä½¿ç¨éå½¢å-åäºé¶æ é岿¿ååº(IIR)æ»¤æ³¢å¨æ¥ååæåæåæ°å¼æ»¤æ³¢å¨ãä½éå/æé«é滤波å¨ãè¿å¯ä»¥ä½¿ç¨FIR滤波å¨ï¼ä½æ¯IIR滤波å¨å ·æä¼åçè®¡ç®æçåä½é¢å辨çï¼å¹¶ä¸æ´éåäºå¨æ¿é´ä¸çå®½å¹¿çæ¶å¬åºåè¿è¡ç©ºé´å¹³åæåè¡¡ãThe automatic equalization process may be able to automatically equalize the frequency response of any loudspeaker in any room to any desired response shape that may be defined by a flat line and/or a parametric curve. The process may operate in real time during a system setup procedure, not during an active program audio event. The process considers and equalizes the logarithmic magnitude frequency response (decibels versus frequency), and may not attempt to equalize the phase. The process identifies the best filter with a frequency response that closely matches the inverse of the measured response in order to flatten or reshape the curve to some other desired response value. The process may use a bell-shaped single-biquad infinite impulse response (IIR) filter to boost or cut off parametric filters, low-pass and/or high-pass filters. FIR filters may also be used, but IIR filters have optimized computational efficiency and low-frequency resolution, and are more suitable for spatial averaging or equalization over a wide listening area in a room.
彿§è¡åè¡¡è¿ç¨æ¶ï¼è¯å«ææçç®æ é¢çååºãé常ï¼è¿å°æ¯å ·æä½é¢æ»éåé«é¢æ»éçå¹³å¦ååºï¼ä»¥é¿å 设计å°å°è¯å®ç°æ¥èª(ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ª)é颿©é³å¨çä¸å¯å®ç°ç»æç滤波å¨ç»ãç®æ ä¸é¢å¸¦ååºä¸å¿ æ¯å¹³å¦çï¼å¹¶ä¸è¯¥è¿ç¨å 许以åäºé¶æ»¤æ³¢å¨éµåå½¢å¼çä»»ä½ä»»æç®æ é¢çååºã该è¿ç¨è¿å è®¸ç¨æ·å¨ä»»ä½èªå¨è°è°è¿ç¨ä¹å对è¦åºç¨çæ»DSP滤波å¨ç»è®¾ç½®æå¤§dBååææäºåææéå¼ãWhen performing the equalization process, the desired target frequency response is identified. Typically, this will be a flat response with low frequency roll-off and high frequency roll-off to avoid designing a filter bank that will try to achieve an unachievable result from a limited frequency loudspeaker(s). The target mid-band response does not have to be flat, and the process allows for any arbitrary target frequency response in the form of a biquad filter array. The process also allows the user to set a maximum dB boost or certain cutoff limits on the total DSP filter bank to be applied prior to any auto-tuning process.
å¾1示åºäºæ ¹æ®ç¤ºä¾å®æ½ä¾çåæ§æ¬å£°å¨å麦å é£ç¯å¢ãåèå¾1ï¼è¯¥å¾ç¤ºåºäºé³é¢æ§å¶ç¯å¢112ï¼è¯¥é³é¢æ§å¶ç¯å¢112å¯ä»¥å ·æä»»ä½æ°éçæ¬å£°å¨114å麦å é£116ï¼ä»¥ç»ç±èªå¨è°è°ç¨åºæ¥æ£æµé³é¢ãææ¾é³é¢ãéæ¾é³é¢ãè°æ´é³é¢è¾åºæ°´å¹³çãé ç½®100å¯ä»¥å æ¬éè¿ç©ºé´ãå¢å£å/æå°æ¿åéå¼çåç§ä¸åçåºå130è³160ãæ§å¶å¨128å¯ä»¥ä¸ææé³é¢å ä»¶éä¿¡ï¼å¹¶ä¸å¯ä»¥å æ¬è®¡ç®æºãå¤çå¨ã被设置为ç¨äºæ¥æ¶å产çé³é¢ç软件åºç¨çãå¨è¯¥ç¤ºä¾ä¸ï¼åå¾ååºæµéææ¯å¯ä»¥ç¨äºéè¿æ©é³å¨çæµéæ¥è·åé¢çååºãFIG1 illustrates a controlled speaker and microphone environment according to an example embodiment. Referring to FIG1 , an audio control environment 112 is illustrated that may have any number of speakers 114 and microphones 116 to detect audio, play audio, replay audio, adjust audio output levels, etc. via an automatic tuning program. The configuration 100 may include various different areas 130 to 160 separated by spaces, walls, and/or floors. A controller 128 may communicate with all audio elements and may include a computer, a processor, a software application configured to receive and generate audio, etc. In this example, a chirp response measurement technique may be used to obtain a frequency response through measurement of a loudspeaker.
å ³äºè®¾ç½®è¿ç¨ï¼ä¸æ§å¶å¨128éä¿¡çç¨æ·è®¾å¤çç¨æ·çé¢å端çå¯å¨é项(èªå¨è®¾ç½®+èªå¨è°è°)å¯ä»¥æä¾ä¸ç§æ¹å¼ï¼ä»¥æµè¯(ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ª)æ¿é´ã(ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ª)æ¬å£°å¨å(ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ª)麦å é£ç声é³ç®æ¡£(sound profile)ãç½ç»åç°å¯ä»¥ç¨äºå¯»æ¾æå ¥å¹¶å æ¬å¨ç³»ç»è®¾å¤å表ä¸ç设å¤ï¼å¹¶ä¸åå®ä»¬æä¾åºåé ç½®ä»¥å¨æä½æé´å¯å¨ãå¯ä»¥å¨è®¾å¤åç°è¿ç¨æé´ä»¥å¾å½¢æ ¼å¼å®ç°é³é¢ç³»ç»ï¼ç¶åæä½åå¯ä»¥ææ¾æ°æ®ä»¥è·å¾æ´å ·å®å¶æ§çä½éªæå¤ä½å°åºåé»è®¤çº§å«ãå¦æç³»ç»æªå åè°è°å°æä¸çº§å«(level)ï¼åå¯ä»¥çæè¦æ¥ï¼å¹¶ä¸ä¹å¯ä»¥éè¿åéå°ææå·²ç¥è®¾å¤çæµè¯ä¿¡å·æ¥åç°ä»»ä½éè¯¯è¿æ¥ãRegarding the setup process, a startup option (auto setup + auto tune) on the user interface front end of a user device in communication with the controller 128 can provide a way to test the sound profile of the room(s), speaker(s), and microphone(s). Network discovery can be used to find devices that are plugged in and included in the system device list and provide them with a baseline configuration to start up during operation. The audio system can be implemented in a graphical format during the device discovery process, and the operator can then drag and drop data to obtain a more customized experience or reset to factory default levels. If the system is not sufficiently tuned to a certain level, an alarm can be generated, and any faulty connections can also be discovered through a test signal sent to all known devices.
é³é¢ç¯å¢éå¸¸å æ¬åç§ç»ä»¶å设å¤ï¼ä¾å¦éº¦å é£ãæ¾å¤§å¨ãæ©é³å¨ãDSP设å¤çãå¨å®è£ ä¹åï¼è®¾å¤éè¦è¢«é 置以å å½éæç³»ç»ã软件åºç¨å¯ä»¥ç¨äºé ç½®ç±æ¯ä¸ªè®¾å¤æ§è¡çæäºåè½ãæ§å¶å¨æä¸å¤®è®¡ç®è®¾å¤å¯ä»¥åå¨é ç½®æä»¶ï¼è¯¥é ç½®æä»¶å¯ä»¥å¨å®è£ è¿ç¨æé´è¢«æ´æ°ä»¥å æ¬æ°åç°çé³é¢ç®æ¡£ãAn audio environment typically includes various components and devices, such as microphones, amplifiers, loudspeakers, DSP devices, etc. After installation, the devices need to be configured to function as an integrated system. Software applications can be used to configure certain functions performed by each device. A controller or central computing device can store configuration files that can be updated during the installation process to include newly discovered audio profiles.
æ§è¡èªå¨è°è°è¿ç¨çä¸ä¸ªéå¾å¯ä»¥å æ¬å 许èªå¨è°è°å¤çå¨è¿å å«å®å¶DSPå¤çç设å¤ä¸æä½ã为äºå¯ç¨è¯¥ç»åç¹å¾ï¼ä»£ç å°åç°å®å¶é ç½®å çéå½ä¿¡å·çæ³¨å ¥åçè§ç¹ãå©ç¨æè¯å«çæ³¨å ¥åçè§ç¹ï¼ä»»ä½æéæ©çDSPå¤çå¸å±å°èªå¨å ¼å®¹ãèªå¨è°è°è¿ç¨ä¸çä¸äºæä½å°ä»æ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ä»¥ä¸æ¬¡ä¸ä¸ªååºæµè¯ä¿¡å·ï¼è¿å¢å äºå½åå¨è®¸å¤æ¬å£°å¨æ¶çæ»æµéæ¶é´ãå ¶ä»æä½å¯ä»¥å æ¬å¨åæ¶æéå çæ¶é´æ®µå ä»æææ¬å£°å¨ååºæµè¯ä¿¡å·ï¼å¹¶ä¸å¯¹æ¥æ¶åå¤ççèé声鳿§è¡æµè¯è¿ç¨ãOne approach to performing the automatic tuning process may include allowing the automatic tuning process to operate on a device that also includes custom DSP processing. To enable this combined feature, the code will find the injection and monitoring points of the appropriate signals within the custom configuration. With the identified injection and monitoring points, any selected DSP processing layout will be automatically compatible. Some operations in the automatic tuning process will send test signals from each speaker one at a time, which increases the total measurement time when there are many speakers. Other operations may include sending test signals from all speakers at the same time or in overlapping time periods, and performing a test process on the aggregate sound received and processed.
为äºåå°æ»æµéæ¶é´ï¼å¯ä»¥åæ¶ä»æ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ææ¾ä¸åçä¿¡å·ãæä¾æ··åä¿¡å·çä¸äºä¸åæ¹å¼å¯ä»¥å æ¬ï¼æ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨äº§çä¸ä¸ªç¹å®çæ£å¼¦æ³¢ï¼å ¶ä¸ï¼å¯¹æ¯ä¸ªä¸åçæ¬å£°å¨ä½¿ç¨å¯ä¸çé¢çï¼ææ¾ççé³ä¹ä½åï¼å ¶ä¸ï¼æ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨å¨é³ä¹ä½åçæ··å䏿æ¾å¯ä¸çä¹å¨ï¼æè å¯ä»¥ä» å°é¢çä¸åçé³è°åå«ä¸æ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨é 对ãå¨å¤§éçæ¬å£°å¨çæ åµä¸ï¼å¯ä»¥ä½¿ç¨å ·æå¤ç§æå»ä¹å¨çææ²ï¼æ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ææ¾ä¸ç§é¼å£°ãä»»ä½å ¶ä»å¤å£°é声鳿··åå¯ä»¥ç¨äºé©±å¨å¨æå/æå®å¶å£°é³æµè¯çè¿ç¨ãåå¨å ¶ä»å£°é³äºä»¶æ£æµç®æ³ï¼å ¶è½å¤æ£æµè®¸å¤å ¶ä»å£°é³çæ··åä¸ç声é³çåå¨ï¼è¿äºç®æ³å¨æ¬æµè¯åæç¨åºä¸å¯è½æç¨ãèªå¨è°è°(auto-tune)å¯ä»¥æ¯è¯é³æç¤ºå仿¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ææ¾çæµè¯ä¿¡å·çç»åãæµè¯ä¿¡å·ç¨äºæ¶éå ³äºç³»ç»ä¸çæ¾å¤§å¨ãæ¬å£°å¨å麦å é£ä»¥åè¿äºè®¾å¤å¨å£°å¦ç©ºé´ä¸çæ¾ç½®çä¿¡æ¯ãTo reduce the total measurement time, different signals can be played from each speaker at the same time. Some different ways of providing a mixed signal can include: each speaker generates a specific sine wave, where a unique frequency is used for each different speaker, playing a short musical piece, where each speaker plays a unique instrument in the mix of the musical piece, or only tones with different frequencies can be paired with each speaker respectively. In the case of a large number of speakers, a song with multiple percussion instruments can be used, with each speaker playing a drum sound. Any other multi-channel sound mixture can be used to drive the process of dynamic and/or customized sound testing. There are other sound event detection algorithms that are capable of detecting the presence of sounds in a mixture of many other sounds, which may be useful in this test analysis program. Auto-tune can be a combination of voice prompts and test signals played from each speaker. The test signal is used to collect information about the amplifiers, speakers and microphones in the system and the placement of these devices in the acoustic space.
è¿æå ¶ä»ä¿¡å·å¯ä»¥ä½¿ç¨ï¼è¿äºä¿¡å·ç¨äºæ¶éé对æµè¯èæ¶éçå䏿¿é´å设å¤ä¿¡æ¯ãå¯ä»¥åºäºä¸åçç®æ å³å®ä½¿ç¨ä¸åçä¿¡å·ï¼ä¾å¦ä½¿ç¨å£°é³æ¦è³çä¿¡å·ï¼å ¶å¯ä»¥å æ¬è¯é³å/æé³ä¹æç¤ºãä¼ç¹æ¯æ¶é¤å¨ç©ºé´ä¸ææ¾çç§å¦å£°é³æµè¯é³è°ãæ½å¨çç¼ºç¹æ¯ä»ä¸å¤ªçæ³çæºä¿¡å·ä¸æåæ¿é´å设å¤ä¿¡æ¯æéçéå æ¶é´ã为äºåå°æ»çæµéæ¶é´ï¼å¯ä»¥æ¶é¤è¯é³æç¤ºï¼å¹¶ä¸å¯ä»¥ä½¿ç¨äº§çæå¿«ç»æçåºæ¬æµè¯ä¿¡å·ãThere are other signals that can be used that are used to collect the same room and device information that is collected for testing. The decision to use different signals can be based on different goals, such as using a pleasing-sounding signal that can include speech and/or music cues. The advantage is the elimination of scientifically sound test tones played in the space. The potential disadvantage is the additional time required to extract the room and device information from the less-than-ideal source signals. To reduce the overall measurement time, the speech cues can be eliminated and the basic test signals that produce the fastest results can be used.
èªå¨åè¡¡ç¨åº(åè§å¾3)è½å¤èªå¨å°å°ä»»ä½æ¿é´ä¸ç任使©é³å¨çé¢çååºè¿è¡åè¡¡ï¼ä»¥è¾¾å°å¯ä»¥ç±å¹³ç´çº¿å/æåæ°å¼æ²çº¿å®ä¹ç任使æçååºå½¢ç¶ã该ç¨åºå¯è½å¨ç³»ç»è®¾ç½®ç¨åºæé´æ¯å®æ¶çï¼è䏿¯å¨æ´»å¨ç¨åºé³é¢äºä»¶æé´æ¯å®æ¶çã该ç¨åºå衡对æ°å¹ 度é¢çååº(åè´å¯¹é¢ç)ï¼å¹¶ä¸å¯è½ä¸åè¡¡ç¸ä½ã该ç¨åºè¯å«ä¸ç»æä½³æ»¤æ³¢å¨ï¼è¯¥ç»æä½³æ»¤æ³¢å¨å ·æä¸ææµéçååºçåæ°é常å¹é çé¢çååºï¼ä»¥ä½¿è¯¥ååºåå¹³æéå¡ä¸ºæä¸ªå ¶ä»ææçååºå¼ã该ç¨åºä½¿ç¨å-åäºé¶IIR滤波å¨ï¼è¿äºæ»¤æ³¢å¨æ¯éå(ä¾å¦ï¼ååæåæåæ°å¼æ»¤æ³¢å¨)ãä½éæé«é滤波å¨ãå¯ä»¥ä½¿ç¨FIR滤波å¨ï¼ä½æ¯IIR滤波å¨å ·ææ´ä¼çè®¡ç®æçãä½é¢å辨çï¼å¹¶ä¸æ´éåäºå¨æ¿é´ä¸çå®½å¹¿çæ¶å¬åºåè¿è¡ç©ºé´å¹³åå/æåè¡¡ãThe automatic equalization program (see FIG. 3 ) can automatically equalize the frequency response of any loudspeaker in any room to any desired response shape that can be defined by a flat line and/or a parametric curve. The program may be real-time during the system setup program, rather than during an active program audio event. The program equalizes the logarithmic magnitude frequency response (decibels versus frequency) and may not equalize the phase. The program identifies a set of optimal filters that have a frequency response that closely matches the inverse of the measured response to flatten or reshape the response to some other desired response value. The program uses single-biquad IIR filters, which are bell-type (e.g., boosted or cut-off parametric filters), low-pass or high-pass filters. FIR filters can be used, but IIR filters have better computational efficiency, low-frequency resolution, and are more suitable for spatial averaging and/or equalization over a wide listening area in a room.
彿§è¡åè¡¡è¿ç¨æ¶ï¼é¦å è¯å«ææçç®æ é¢çååºãé常ï¼è¿å°æ¯å ·æä½é¢æ»é(roll-off)åé«é¢æ»éçå¹³å¦ååºï¼ä»¥é¿å 该è¿ç¨è®¾è®¡å¦ä¸æ»¤æ³¢å¨ç»ï¼æè¿°æ»¤æ³¢å¨ç»å°å°è¯å®ç°æ¥èªé颿©é³å¨çæ æ³å®ç°çç»æãç®æ ä¸é¢å¸¦ååº(target mid-band response)ä¸å¿ æ¯å¹³å¦çï¼å¹¶ä¸è¯¥ç¨åºå 许以åäºé¶æ»¤æ³¢å¨éµå为形å¼çä»»ä½ä»»æçç®æ é¢çååºã该ç¨åºè¿å è®¸ç¨æ·å¯¹è¦åºç¨çæ»DSP滤波å¨ç»è®¾ç½®æå¤§dBååæååéå¶ãWhen performing the equalization process, the desired target frequency response is first identified. Typically, this will be a flat response with low frequency roll-off and high frequency roll-off to avoid the process designing a filter bank that will try to achieve unachievable results from a limited frequency loudspeaker. The target mid-band response does not have to be flat, and the program allows any arbitrary target frequency response in the form of a biquad filter array. The program also allows the user to set a maximum dB boost or cut limit on the total DSP filter bank to be applied.
ä¸èªå¨è®¾ç½®ç¨åºç¸å ³èçä¸ä¸ªç¤ºä¾ç¨åº(åè§å¾2)å¯ä»¥éè¿æ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨è¾åºå£°éæä¾æåºå¹¶ä¸é对æ¯ä¸ªè¾åºæ§è¡ä»¥ä¸æä½ï¼éæ¥å¢å¼ºå¤é³ä¿¡å·ç´å°æ£æµå°ææçSPLæ°´å¹³ï¼ç¡®å®æ¬å£°å¨è¾åºå£°éæ¯å¦æ£å¸¸å·¥ä½ï¼ç¡®å®ææéº¦å é£(mic)è¾å ¥å£°éæ¯å¦æ£å¸¸å·¥ä½ï¼ä¸ºæµè¯ä¿¡å·è®¾ç½®æªç¥æ¾å¤§å¨åæ¬å£°å¨ç忥è¾åºå¢çï¼æµéæ¥èªææéº¦å é£çç¯å¢åªå£°ä»¥ä¸ºRT60æµé设置åºç¡(RT60æµéæ¯å¯¹å£°é³å¨å ·ææ©æ£å£°åºç空é´ä¸è¡°å60dBæè±è´¹çæ¶é´çæµé)ï¼ä»¥åæ£æ¥è¿å¤åªå£°ï¼æä¾å徿µè¯ä¿¡å·ï¼å°æ¥èªææâNâ个麦å é£çåå¾ååºåæ¶è®°å½å°éµåä¸ï¼å¯¹æ¥èªç»åºâNâ个èå²ååºçâNâ个麦å é£çææåå¾è¿è¡å»å·ç§¯ï¼å¹¶ä¸é对æ¯ä¸ªéº¦å é£è¾å ¥ï¼å®ä½ä¸»èå²å³°å¼å¹¶ä¸è®¡ç®ä»æ¬å£°å¨å°éº¦å é£çè·ç¦»ï¼è®¡ç®å¹³æ»ç对æ°å¹ 度é¢çååºå¹¶ä¸åºç¨éº¦å é£è¡¥å¿å¼(使ç¨å·²ç¥ç麦å é£çµæåº¦)ï¼è®¡ç®ææé¢çä¸çSPLå¹³åå¼ï¼å¯¹ææéº¦å é£çé¢çååºæ±å¹³å以è·å¾ç©ºé´å¹³åå¼ï¼å¯¹ç©ºé´å¹³åååºæ§è¡èªå¨å衡以å¹é ç®æ ååºï¼ä½¿ç¨SPL水平以åæè¿ç麦å é£åæè¿ç麦å é£çè·ç¦»è®¡ç®æ¿é´è¡°åï¼ä½¿ç¨æ¥èªæè¿ç麦å é£çSPLæ°´å¹³åæ¿é´è¡°åæ¥è®¡ç®è¾åºå¢ç以å¨è·ææéº¦å é£çå¹³åè·ç¦»å¤å®ç°æéæ°´å¹³ï¼è®¡ç®SPLéå¶å¨éå¼ï¼å ¶ä¸å¯ç¨èªå¨EQåèªå¨å¢çï¼äº§çåå¾ä»¥æµéåéªè¯ååºï¼æµéæ¯ä¸ªéº¦å é£çåé¢å¸¦RT60ï¼ä»¥åæµéæ¥èªæ¯ä¸ªéº¦å é£çå¹³åSPLï¼ç¶å对ææéº¦å 飿±å¹³å以è·å¾æå®ç°çSPLæ°´å¹³ãAn example procedure associated with the automatic setup procedure (see Figure 2) may provide sequencing through each speaker output channel and for each output: gradually boost a multi-tone signal until a desired SPL level is detected, determine if the speaker output channels are functioning properly, determine if all microphone (mic) input channels are functioning properly, set preliminary output gain of the unknown amplifier and speaker for the test signal, measure ambient noise from all microphones to set the basis for RT60 measurements (the RT60 measurement is a measurement of the time it takes for a sound to decay by 60 dB in a space with a diffuse sound field), as well as check for excessive noise, provide a chirp test signal, record chirp responses from all âNâ microphones simultaneously into the array, deconvolute all chirps from the âNâ microphones giving âNâ impulse responses, and for each microphone input: determine The system detects the peak of the main impulse and calculates the distance from the speaker to the microphone, calculates a smoothed log magnitude frequency response and applies microphone compensation values (using known microphone sensitivities), calculates the SPL average over all frequencies, averages the frequency responses of all microphones to get a spatial average, performs automatic equalization on the spatial average response to match a target response, calculates the room attenuation using the SPL level and the distance of the nearest and farthest microphones, calculates the output gain using the SPL level from the nearest microphone and the room attenuation to achieve the desired level at the average distance from all microphones, calculates the SPL limiter threshold with auto EQ and auto gain enabled, generates chirp to measure and verify the response, measures the octave band RT60 for each microphone, and measures the average SPL from each microphone and then averages across all microphones to get the achieved SPL level.
å¦ä¸ç¤ºä¾å®æ½ä¾å¯ä»¥å æ¬èªå¨è®¾ç½®ç¨åºï¼è¯¥èªå¨è®¾ç½®ç¨åºå æ¬ï¼ç¡®å®åªäºè¾å ¥éº¦å 飿£å¨å·¥ä½ä»¥ååªäºè¾åºæ¬å£°å¨å£°éæ£å¨å·¥ä½ï¼å¯¹æ¯ä¸ªè¾åºæ¬å£°å¨å£°éæ§è¡èªå¨å衡以达å°ä»»ä½ææçç®æ é¢çååº(ç±åæ°å¼EQåæ°å®ä¹)ï¼èªå¨è®¾ç½®æ¯ä¸ªè¾åºè·¯å¾å¢ç以å®ç°ç±æ¬å£°å¨å°éº¦å é£çå¹³åè·ç¦»ç¡®å®çæ¿é´ä¸å¿å¤çç®æ SPLæ°´å¹³ï¼èªå¨è®¾ç½®è¾åºéå¶å¨ä»¥è¾¾å°æ¿é´ä¸å¿å¤çæå¤§SPLæ°´å¹³ï¼åºäºæ¿é´æµéèªå¨è®¾ç½®èªå¨å声æ¶é¤(AEC)ãé线æ§å¤ç(NLP)åéåª(NR)å¼ï¼æµéæ¿é´ä¸æ¯ä¸ªè¾åºæ¬å£°å¨å£°éçé¢çååºï¼ä»æ¯ä¸ªè¾åºå£°éæµé卿¿é´ä¸å¿å¤ç颿çæç»æ ç§°SPLæ°´å¹³ï¼æµéæ¿é´çåé¢å¸¦åå ¨é¢å¸¦æ··åæ¶é´ï¼æµéæ¯ä¸ªéº¦å é£çåªå£°é¢è°±ååé¢å¸¦åªå£°ï¼æµéæ¿é´çåªå£°æ å(NC)è¯çº§ï¼ä»¥åæµéææéº¦å é£ä¸æ¬å£°å¨çæå°ãæå¤§åå¹³åè·ç¦»åæ¿é´çè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦ãæææµéæ°æ®å¯ä»¥ç¨äºå»ºç«æä½³æ¬å£°å¨å麦å é£é ç½®å¼ãAnother example embodiment may include an automatic setup procedure that includes: determining which input microphones are operating and which output speaker channels are operating, performing automatic equalization on each output speaker channel to achieve any desired target frequency response (defined by parametric EQ parameters), automatically setting each output path gain to achieve a target SPL level at the center of the room determined by the average speaker-to-microphone distance, automatically setting output limiters to achieve a maximum SPL level at the center of the room, automatically setting automatic echo cancellation (AEC), non-linear processing (NLP), and noise reduction (NR) values based on room measurements, measuring the frequency response of each output speaker channel in the room, measuring the expected final nominal SPL level at the center of the room from each output channel, measuring the octave band and full-band reverberation time of the room, measuring the noise spectrum and octave band noise of each microphone, measuring the Noise Criteria (NC) rating of the room, and measuring the minimum, maximum, and average distances of all microphones from the speakers and the speech intelligibility of the room. All measurement data can be used to establish optimal speaker and microphone configuration values.
å¨ä¸ä¸ªç¤ºä¾é³é¢ç³»ç»è®¾ç½®ç¨åºä¸ï¼ç¨æ·çé¢ä¸çå¯å¨æä½(å³ï¼èªå¨è®¾ç½®+èªå¨è°è°)å¯ä»¥æä¾å¯å¨å¯¹æ¿é´ãæ¬å£°å¨å麦å é£ç声é³ç®æ¡£çæµè¯çæ¹å¼ãç½ç»åç°å¯ä»¥ç¨äºå¯»æ¾æå ¥å¹¶å°å æ¬å¨ç³»ç»è®¾å¤å表ä¸ç设å¤ï¼å¹¶ä¸åå®ä»¬æä¾åºåé 置以å¨é³é¢ä½¿ç¨åºæ¯æé´å¯å¨ãå¯ä»¥å¨è®¾å¤åç°è¿ç¨æé´ä»¥å¾å½¢æ ¼å¼æ¥å®ç°é³é¢ç³»ç»ï¼æä½åå¯ä»¥å¨èªå¨ç³»ç»é ç½®ä¹åæä¹å䏿¾ç¤ºå¨åææ¾æ°æ®å¯¹æ¥ä»¥è·å¾æ´å¯å®å¶çä½éªæå¤ä½å°åºåé»è®¤çº§å«ãå¦æç³»ç»æªå åè°è°å°æä¸çº§å«ï¼åå¯ä»¥çæè¦æ¥å¹¶ä¸ä¹å¯ä»¥éè¿åéå°ææå·²ç¥è®¾å¤çæµè¯ä¿¡å·æ¥åç°ä»»ä½éè¯¯è¿æ¥ãIn an example audio system setup procedure, a startup operation on the user interface (i.e., Auto Setup + Auto Tune) can provide a way to start testing the sound profile of the room, speakers, and microphones. Network discovery can be used to find devices that are plugged in and will be included in the system device list and provide them with a baseline configuration to start during an audio usage scenario. The audio system can be implemented in a graphical format during the device discovery process, and the operator can interface with the display and drag and drop data before or after the automatic system configuration to obtain a more customizable experience or reset to factory default levels. If the system is not sufficiently tuned to a certain level, an alarm can be generated and any incorrect connections can also be discovered through a test signal sent to all known devices.
é³é¢ç¯å¢éå¸¸å æ¬åç§ç»ä»¶å设å¤ï¼ä¾å¦éº¦å é£ãæ¾å¤§å¨ãæ©é³å¨ãæ°åä¿¡å·å¤ç(DSP)设å¤çãå¨å®è£ ä¹åï¼è®¾å¤éè¦è¢«é 置以å å½éæç³»ç»ãåºç¨ç软件å¯ä»¥ç¨äºé ç½®ç±æ¯ä¸ªè®¾å¤æ§è¡çæäºåè½ãæ§å¶å¨æä¸å¤®è®¡ç®è®¾å¤å¯ä»¥åå¨é ç½®æä»¶ï¼è¯¥é ç½®æä»¶å¯ä»¥å¨å®è£ è¿ç¨æé´è¢«æ´æ°ï¼ä»¥å æ¬åºäºè¢«å®è£ çå½åç¡¬ä»¶çæ°åç°çé³é¢ç®æ¡£ã(ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ª)é³é¢ç¯å¢ç®æ¡£å/æææçé ç½®ãå¨ä¸ä¸ªç¤ºä¾å®æ½ä¾ä¸ï¼èªå¨è°è°ç¨åºå¯ä»¥è°è°å æ¬ç±ä¸å¤®ç½ç»æ§å¶å¨ç®¡ççææå¯è®¿é®ç¡¬ä»¶çé³é¢ç³»ç»ãé³é¢è¾å ¥/è¾åºæ°´å¹³ãåè¡¡å声å级(SPL)/å缩å¼é½å¯ä»¥è¢«éæ©ç¨äºç¹å®ç¯å¢ä¸çæä½³è¡¨ç°ãThe audio environment usually includes various components and equipment, such as microphones, amplifiers, loudspeakers, digital signal processing (DSP) equipment, etc. After installation, the equipment needs to be configured to act as an integrated system. The software of the application can be used to configure certain functions performed by each device. A controller or a central computing device can store a configuration file, which can be updated during the installation process to include newly discovered audio profiles, (one or more) audio environment profiles and/or desired configurations based on the current hardware installed. In an example embodiment, an automatic tuning program can tune an audio system including all accessible hardware managed by a central network controller. Audio input/output levels, equalization, and sound pressure level (SPL)/compression values can all be selected for optimal performance in a specific environment.
å¨èªå¨è®¾ç½®æé´ï¼æ§è¡å¯¹åªäºè¾å ¥éº¦å 飿£å¨å·¥ä½ä»¥ååªäºè¾åºæ¬å£°å¨å£°éæ£å¨å·¥ä½çç¡®å®ã对æ¯ä¸ªè¾åºæ¬å£°å¨å£°éè¿è¡èªå¨åè¡¡ï¼ä»¥è¾¾å°ææçç®æ é¢çååº(ç±åæ°å¼EQåæ°ãé«é滤波å¨ãä½é滤波å¨çå®ä¹)ãé»è®¤é项å¯ä»¥æ¯âå¹³å¦âååºãéå æä½å¯ä»¥å æ¬ï¼èªå¨è®¾ç½®æ¯ä¸ªè¾åºè·¯å¾å¢çï¼ä»¥å®ç°å¨æ¿é´ä¸å¿å¤çç¨æ·çç®æ SPLæ°´å¹³(åå®éº¦å é£çå¹³åè·ç¦»)ï¼ä»¥åé对æ¿é´ä¸å¿å¤çç¨æ·çæå¤§SPLæ°´å¹³èªå¨è®¾ç½®è¾åºéå¶å¨ãå¦ä¸ç¹å¾å¯ä»¥å æ¬ï¼åºäºæ¿é´æµéèªå¨ç¡®å®èªå¨å声æ¶é¤(AEC)ãé线æ§å¤ç(NLP)åNRDå¼ãè¿å¯ä»¥è¢«æ§è¡ç以ä¸ä¿¡æ¯æµéï¼å æ¬ï¼æµéæ¿é´ä¸æ¯ä¸ªè¾åºæ¬å£°å¨å£°éçé¢çååºï¼ä»æ¯ä¸ªè¾åºå£°éæµé卿¿é´ä¸å¿å¤ç颿çæç»æ ç§°SPLæ°´å¹³ï¼æµéæ¿é´çåé¢å¸¦æ··åæ¶é´(RTï¼60)ï¼ä»¥åæµéæ¿é´ä¸çåªå£°åºãéå ç¹å¾å¯ä»¥å æ¬æµéææéº¦å é£ä¸æ¬å£°å¨çæå°ãæå¤§åå¹³åè·ç¦»ãè¿äºå¼å¯ä»¥æä¾æ§è¡éå èªå¨è®¾ç½®(ä¾å¦åºäºæ¿é´çè¾ä½é¢å¸¦ä¸çæ··åæ¶é´æ¥è®¾ç½®æ³¢æè·è¸ªéº¦å é£çé«éæ»¤æ³¢å¨æªæ¢é¢ç)æéçä¿¡æ¯ï¼ä»¥åè°è°AECçèªéåºæ»¤æ³¢å¨ç®æ¡£ä»¥æä½³å°å¹é æ¿é´çææåå£°ç¹æ§ãæè·å¾çä¿¡æ¯å¯ä»¥è¢«ä¿åå¨åå¨å¨ä¸å¹¶ä¸è¢«åºç¨ä½¿ç¨ï¼ä»¥æä¾ä¼è®®å®¤ç声å¦ç¹å¾å声é³è´¨éç¹æ§ç示ä¾ãå¯ä»¥åºäºæ¿é´é³é¢ç¹æ§ä½¿ç¨æäºæ¨è以å¢å 麦å é£åæ©é³å¨ä¹é´çé´è·ï¼æè ï¼ç±äºRT-60(æé¢æµçè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦çæ··åâè¯åâ)è¿é«èç»ç±æ¬å£°å¨å麦å é£å¯¹æ¿é´è¿è¡å£°å¦è°æ´ãDuring automatic setup, a determination is performed of which input microphones are operating and which output speaker channels are operating. Each output speaker channel is automatically equalized to achieve a desired target frequency response (defined by parametric EQ parameters, high pass filters, low pass filters, etc.). The default option may be a "flat" response. Additional operations may include automatically setting each output path gain to achieve a target SPL level for a user at the center of the room (assuming an average distance for the microphones), and automatically setting output limiters for a maximum SPL level for a user at the center of the room. Another feature may include automatically determining automatic echo cancellation (AEC), non-linear processing (NLP), and NRD values based on room measurements. The following information measurements may also be performed, including measuring the frequency response of each output speaker channel in the room, measuring the expected final nominal SPL level at the center of the room from each output channel, measuring the octave band reverberation time (RT-60) of the room, and measuring the noise floor in the room. Additional features may include measuring the minimum, maximum, and average distances of all microphones from the speakers. These values may provide the information needed to perform additional automatic setup, such as setting the high pass filter cutoff frequency of the beam tracking microphone based on the reverberation time in the lower frequency bands of the room, and tuning the adaptive filter profile of the AEC to best match the expected echo characteristics of the room. The information obtained may be saved in memory and used by the application to provide an example of the acoustic characteristics and sound quality characteristics of the conference room. Certain recommendations may be used to increase the spacing between the microphone and loudspeaker based on the room audio characteristics, or to make acoustic adjustments to the room via the speakers and microphones because the RT-60 (the reverberation "score" for predicted speech intelligibility) is too high.
é³é¢è®¾ç½®è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥å æ¬ä¸ç»æä½ï¼ä¾å¦æåä»»ä½ç±»åçä¼è®®é³é¢å¸å±è½å以ååèªå¨è®¾ç½®åºç¨æä¾è¾å ¥(麦å é£)åè¾åº(æ©é³å¨)æ§å¶ãä»èåä¸èªå¨è®¾ç½®çæ¯ä¸ªè¾åºæ©é³å¨å°äº§ç被设计为æè·æ¿é´ç声å¦ç¹æ§çä¸ç³»åâåå¾âå/æé³è°ã卿¿é´ä¸äº§çç声é³çæ°éä¸åä¸èªå¨è®¾ç½®è¿ç¨çè¾å ¥åè¾åºçæ°éç´æ¥ç¸å ³ãä¾å¦ï¼å¨å ·æä¸ä¸ªéº¦å é£å两个æ©é³å¨çç³»ç»ä¸ï¼èªå¨è®¾ç½®å°æ§è¡ä»¥ä¸å¨ä½ï¼(ââç¬¬ä¸æ©é³å¨ââ)ï¼æ©é³å¨1产çç±éº¦å é£1æè·çä¸ç³»å声é³ï¼æ©é³å¨1产çç±éº¦å é£2æè·çä¸ç³»å声é³ï¼å¹¶ä¸æ©é³å¨1产çç±éº¦å é£3æè·çä¸ç³»å声é³ï¼(ä¸ä¸ä¸ªæ©é³å¨)ï¼æ©é³å¨2产çç±éº¦å é£1æè·çä¸ç³»å声é³ï¼æ©é³å¨2产çç±éº¦å é£2æè·çä¸ç³»å声é³ï¼æ©é³å¨2产çç±éº¦å é£3æè·çä¸ç³»å声é³ï¼å¹¶ä¸å¨è¯¥è¿ç¨å®æä¹åï¼æ¢å¤å¸¸è§çä¼è®®å¸å±é³é¢å¤çãåºäºèªå¨è®¾ç½®å¤çæ¥è°æ´æ¯ä¸ªæ©é³å¨çå¢çååè¡¡ï¼åºäºèªå¨è®¾ç½®å¤çæ¥è°è°æ¿é´çAEC表ç°ï¼åºäºèªå¨è®¾ç½®å¤çæ¥è°è°æ¿é´ç麦å é£LPFï¼å¹¶ä¸è®°å½æ¿é´ç声å¦ç¹æ§ãå¯éå°ï¼åç¨æ·åç°æè¿°èªå¨è®¾ç½®è¿ç¨çç»æçä¸äºæ±æ»æ°æ®ãå¯è½çæ¯ï¼å¦æåç°æç¼ºé·ç麦å 飿æ©é³å¨ï¼æè 妿å¨å¤çè¿ç¨ä¸æè·äºä¸ææçé«é³éç声é³(ä¾å¦ï¼è¡éåªå£°)ï¼åå¨å¤çæ¶èªå¨è®¾ç½®å¯è½â失败âãç¶åï¼èªå¨è®¾ç½®å°åæ¢ï¼å¹¶ä¸å¦ææ¯è¿ç§æ åµï¼åå°æéç»ç«¯ç¨æ·ãæ¤å¤ï¼å¯ä»¥ä½¿ç¨å好çèªå¨è®¾ç½®è¯é³ä¸ç¨æ·è®¨è®ºå½èªå¨è®¾ç½®å¨æ´ä¸ªè¿ç¨ä¸å·¥ä½æ¶æè¿è¡çæä½ãThe audio setup process may include a set of operations, such as pausing any type of conference audio layout capabilities and providing input (microphone) and output (loudspeaker) controls to the automatic setup application. Each output loudspeaker participating in the automatic setup will thereby produce a series of "chirps" and/or tones designed to capture the acoustic characteristics of the room. The number of sounds produced in the room is directly related to the number of inputs and outputs participating in the automatic setup process. For example, in a system with three microphones and two loudspeakers, the automatic setup will perform the following actions: (--first loudspeaker--), loudspeaker 1 produces a series of sounds captured by microphone 1, loudspeaker 1 produces a series of sounds captured by microphone 2, and loudspeaker 1 produces a series of sounds captured by microphone 3; (next loudspeaker), loudspeaker 2 produces a series of sounds captured by microphone 1, loudspeaker 2 produces a series of sounds captured by microphone 2, loudspeaker 2 produces a series of sounds captured by microphone 3, and after the process is completed, the conventional conference layout audio processing is resumed. The gain and equalization of each loudspeaker are adjusted based on the auto setup process, the AEC performance of the room is tuned based on the auto setup process, the microphone LPF of the room is tuned based on the auto setup process, and the acoustic characteristics of the room are recorded. Optionally, some summary data describing the results of the auto setup process is presented to the user. It is possible that the auto setup may "fail" during the process if a defective microphone or loudspeaker is found, or if an unexpectedly high volume of sound (e.g., street noise) is captured during the process. The auto setup will then stop and the end user will be alerted if this is the case. In addition, a friendly auto setup voice can be used to discuss with the user what the auto setup is doing as it works through the process.
å¾2示åºäºèªå¨åè¡¡è¿ç¨ï¼è¯¥èªå¨åè¡¡è¿ç¨å æ¬é对ç¯å¢ä¸çå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨çè¿ä»£è¿ç¨ãåèå¾2ï¼å¨å¯å¨ç¨åºæé´ï¼å¯ä»¥ä½¿ç¨ç¨æ·ç颿§å¶å¯å¨åâèªå¨è°è°âé项ãå¯ä»¥æ§è¡åå¨å¨åé æä½ä»¥æ£æµæäºæ¬å£°å¨ã麦å é£çãå¯ä»¥å¨åå¨å¨ä¸å卿è¯å«çç½ç»å ä»¶ãè¿å¯ä»¥æ§è¡ä½¿å¾2çæä½å¯å¨çè°è°ç¨åºãæ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨å¯ä»¥æ¥æ¶ä½ä¸ºè¾å ¥204çè¾åºä¿¡å·202以产çå£°é³æä¿¡å·ãç¯å¢åªå£°æ°´å¹³ä¹å¯ä»¥ä»æ¬å£°å¨è¢«è¯å«206å¹¶ä¸ç±éº¦å 飿£æµãå¯ä»¥åå个æ¬å£°å¨åéå¤ä¸ªé³è°208ï¼è¿äºé³è°è¢«æµéå¹¶ä¸å¼è¢«åå¨å¨åå¨å¨ä¸ãæ¤å¤ï¼åå¾ååº210å¯ä»¥ç¨äºç¡®å®æ¬å£°å¨çæ°´å¹³å对åºçæ¿é´/ç¯å¢ãå¯ä»¥è¯å«èå²ååº212ï¼å¹¶ä¸å¯ä»¥åºäºè¾å ¥è®¡ç®å¯¹åºçé¢çååºå¼214ãæ¤å¤ï¼å¯ä»¥è®¡ç®è¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦è¯çº§(è¯é³ä¼ è¾ææ°(STI))以åâRT60âå¼ï¼è¯¥âRT60â弿¯å¯¹å£°é³å¨å ·ææ©æ£å£°åºç空é´ä¸è¡°å60dBæè±è´¹çæ¶é´çæµéï¼è¿æå³çæ¿é´è¶³å¤å¤§ï¼ä½¿å¾æ¥èªæºçåå°ä»æææ¹å以ç¸åçæ°´å¹³å°è¾¾éº¦å é£ãå¯ä»¥ç¡®å®è¾å ¥å¼çå¹³åå¼216以估计对åºç½ç»å ä»¶çæ»å£°é³å¼ãæ±å¹³åå¼å¯ä»¥å æ¬å¯¹è¾å ¥å¼ç弿±åå¹¶é¤ä»¥è¾å ¥å¼çæ°éãFIG. 2 shows an automatic equalization process that includes an iterative process for multiple speakers in an environment. Referring to FIG. 2 , during the startup procedure, a user interface can be used to control the startup and âauto-tuneâ options. A memory allocation operation can be performed to detect certain speakers, microphones, etc. The identified network elements can be stored in the memory. A tuning program that enables the operation of FIG. 2 can also be performed. Each speaker can receive an output signal 202 as an input 204 to produce a sound or signal. The ambient noise level can also be identified 206 from the speaker and detected by the microphone. Multiple tones 208 can be sent to each speaker, which are measured and the values are stored in the memory. In addition, a chirp response 210 can be used to determine the level of the speaker and the corresponding room/environment. An impulse response 212 can be identified, and a corresponding frequency response value 214 can be calculated based on the input. In addition, a speech intelligibility rating (speech transmission index (STI)) and an 'RT60' value, which is a measure of the time it takes for sound to decay by 60 dB in a space with a diffuse sound field, may be calculated, meaning that the room is large enough so that reflections from the source arrive at the microphone at the same level from all directions. An average 216 of the input values may be determined to estimate the total sound value of the corresponding network element. Averaging may include summing the values of the input values and dividing by the number of input values.
ç»§ç»ç¸åç示ä¾ï¼å¯ä»¥åºäºè¾å ¥ååºç空é´å¹³å弿¥æ§è¡èªå¨åè¡¡218ãå¯ä»¥è¾åºèªå¨å衡级å«222ï¼ç´å°ç¨åºå®æ224ãå½å®æè¾åº224æ¶ï¼è®¾ç½®è¾åºå¼226ï¼è¯¥è¾åºå¼å¯ä»¥å æ¬å¨åå个æ¬å£°å¨è¾åºé³é¢ä¿¡å·æ¶ä½¿ç¨çåæ°ãå¨éªè¯ç¨åº230æé´è¿ä»£å°ç»§ç»è¯¥è¿ç¨ï¼é对æ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ï¼è¯¥éªè¯ç¨åº230å¯ä»¥å æ¬ç±»ä¼¼çæä½ï¼ä¾å¦202ã204ã210ã212ã214ã216ãæ¤å¤ï¼å¨è¿ä»£éªè¯è¿ç¨ä¸ï¼å¯ä»¥æ§è¡è¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦çæµéï¼ç´å°è¯å«åºææè¾åºå¼ã妿卿ä½224ä¸è¾åºæªå®æï¼å使ç¨èªå¨å衡级å«225ç»§ç»å¤çä¸ä¸ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨çä¸ä¸è¾åºå¼(å³ï¼è¿ä»£å°)ï¼å¹¶ä¸ç»§ç»ç´å°æµéå¹¶åå¨æææ¬å£°å¨è¾åºãContinuing with the same example, automatic equalization 218 can be performed based on the spatial average of the input response. The automatic equalization level 222 can be output until the program is completed 224. When the output 224 is completed, the output value 226 is set, which can include parameters used when outputting audio signals to each speaker. The process continues iteratively during the verification procedure 230, which can include similar operations, such as 202, 204, 210, 212, 214, 216 for each speaker. In addition, during the iterative verification process, a measurement of speech intelligibility can be performed until all output values are identified. If the output is not completed in operation 224, the next output value of the next speaker is processed using the automatic equalization level 225 (i.e., iteratively), and continue until all speaker outputs are measured and stored.
èªå¨è®¾ç½®æä½ä¾èµäºä½¿ç¨åå¾ä¿¡å·åå¯è½çåå¾å»å·ç§¯æ¥æµéæ©é³å¨ã麦å é£åæ¿é´åæ°ä»¥è·å¾èå²ååºãå¯ä»¥ä½¿ç¨åå¾ä¿¡å·å»å·ç§¯æ¥è·åè´¨éèå²ååº(IR)ï¼è¯¥è´¨éèå²ååºä½¿ç¨å®é çFFTå°ºå¯¸èæ²¡æåªå£°ãç³»ç»å¤±çå表é¢åå°ãå°å½±åèªå¨è®¾ç½®ç¨åºçæææ§çä¸ä¸ªé¡¹ç®æ¯å¯¹è¯¸å¦éº¦å é£ãåçæ¾å¤§å¨åæ©é³å¨ä¹ç±»çç³»ç»ç»ä»¶çå·²ç¥ç¨åº¦ãæ¯å½ç»ä»¶é¢çååºæ¯å·²ç¥æ¶ï¼æ°åä¿¡å·å¤çå¨(DSP)åºå½å¨çæåè®°å½ä»»ä½åå¾ä¿¡å·ä¹ååºç¨æ ¡æ£åè¡¡ï¼ä»¥ä¾¿å¢å å徿µéç精确æ§ãThe auto setup operation relies on measuring loudspeaker, microphone and room parameters using a chirp signal and possible chirp deconvolution to obtain an impulse response. The chirp signal deconvolution can be used to obtain a quality impulse response (IR) that uses a practical FFT size without noise, system distortion and surface reflections. One item that will affect the effectiveness of the auto setup procedure is how well the system components such as microphones, power amplifiers and loudspeakers are known. Whenever the component frequency responses are known, the digital signal processor (DSP) should apply corrective equalization before generating and recording any chirp signals in order to increase the accuracy of the chirp measurement.
å¯ä»¥ä½¿ç¨èªå¨åè¡¡ç¨åºæ¥å°ä»»ä½æ¿é´ä¸ç任使©é³å¨çé¢çååºå¼åè¡¡å°ææçååºå½¢ç¶(ä¾å¦ï¼æ°´å¹³çº¿å/æåæ°å¼æ²çº¿)ãè¿ç§ç¨åºå¯ä»¥å©ç¨é形类åçå-åäºé¶IIR滤波å¨ã该è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥ä»å ·æä½é¢æ»éåé«é¢æ»éçææç®æ é¢çååºå¼å§ï¼ä»¥é¿å éå°ä¸ºç¹å®æ©é³å¨åæ¿é´å»ºç«ç滤波å¨çéå¶ãç®æ ååº(Htarget)å¯ä»¥æ¯å¹³å¦çï¼å ·æä½é¢æ»éãéè¿ä½¿ç¨åå¾åºæ¿/ååºæµéï¼å¯ä»¥è·å¾æ¿é´ä¸æ©é³å¨çææµéçé¢çååºãååºéè¦è¢«å½ä¸åä»¥å ·æ0dBçå¹³åå¼ï¼å¯ä»¥ä½¿ç¨é«é¢åä½é¢æé弿¥åè¡¡å设置æä½¿ç¨çæ°æ®çæéå¼ã该ç¨åºå°è®¡ç®æéå¼ä¹é´ç平忰´å¹³ï¼å¹¶ä¸ä»ææµéçååºä¸åå»è¯¥å¹³åæ°´å¹³å¼ä»¥æä¾å½ä¸å为â0âçååº(Hmeas)ãç¶åï¼éè¿ä»ç®æ ååºå廿æµéçååºæ¥ç¡®å®éé¢ç®æ 滤波å¨ï¼Htargfiltï¼Htarget-Hmeasï¼å¹¶ä¸è¯¥å¼æ¯ç¨äºä¸ä¸ä¸ªèªå¨EQåäºé¶æ»¤æ³¢å¨çç®æ ååºãAn automatic equalization program can be used to equalize the frequency response value of any loudspeaker in any room to a desired response shape (e.g., a horizontal line and/or a parametric curve). Such a program can utilize a single-biquad IIR filter of the bell type. The process can start with a desired target frequency response with a low frequency roll-off and a high frequency roll-off to avoid running into the limitations of the filters established for a particular loudspeaker and room. The target response (H target ) can be flat with a low frequency roll-off. By using a chirp stimulus/response measurement, the measured frequency response of the loudspeaker in the room can be obtained. The response needs to be normalized to have a mean value of 0 dB, and high and low frequency limits can be used to equalize and set the limits of the data used. The program will calculate the average level between the limits and subtract this average level from the measured response to provide a response normalized to '0' (H meas ). The frequency-limited target filter is then determined by subtracting the measured response from the target response: H targfilt =H target -H meas , and this value is the target response for the next automatic EQ biquad filter.
ä¸ºäºæ¾å°åæ°å¼æ»¤æ³¢å¨ä»¥æåHtargfiltçæ²çº¿ï¼éè¿è¢«ç§°ä¸ºFindFreqFeatures()ç彿°æ¥å¯»æ¾ææéè¦çæ²çº¿ç¹å¾(0dB交åç¹åå³°å¼ç¹)ãIn order to find a parametric filter to fit the curve of H targfilt , all important curve features (0 dB crossing points and peak points) are found by a function called FindFreqFeatures().
对两个é¢çæéå¼å¤ç滤波å¨éæ©çå¤çç¨å¾®ä¸åãå¦æç®æ 滤波å¨å¨é¢çæéå¼å¤è¦æ±ååï¼å使ç¨PEQååæ»¤æ³¢å¨ï¼å ¶ä¸å¿é¢ç为æéå¼é¢çãå¦æç®æ 滤波å¨å¨é¢çæéå¼å¤è¦æ±è¡°å(è¿é常å¨ç®æ ååºå ·ææ»éæ¶åç)ï¼åéæ©HPF/LPFå¹¶ä¸è®¡ç®-3dBè§é¢ç以å¹é å°æ²çº¿ä¸º-3dBçç¹ãå½è¶ åºèªå¨EQèå´æ¶ï¼å°¤å ¶æ¯éè¦æ»éååºæ¶ï¼åç°è¿è½äº§çæ´å¥½çå¹é ã䏿¦è¯å«åºç®æ 滤波å¨çææé¢çç¹å¾ï¼å°±ä½¿ç¨è¢«ç§°ä¸ºFindBiggestArea()ç彿°æ¥å¯»æ¾ç®æ çææ¾èçåäºé¶æ»¤æ³¢å¨ï¼è¯¥ææ¾èçåäºé¶æ»¤æ³¢å¨ä» 以å¦ä¸æç¤ºçç®æ æ»¤æ³¢å¨æ²çº¿ä¸çæå¤§é¢ç§¯ä¸ºç¹æ§ãThe filter selection at the two frequency extremes is handled slightly differently. If the target filter requires a boost at the frequency extreme, a PEQ boost filter is used with its center frequency at the extreme frequency. If the target filter requires attenuation at the frequency extreme (this usually occurs when the target response has a roll-off), the HPF/LPF is selected and the -3dB corner frequency is calculated to match to the point where the curve is -3dB. This has been found to produce a better match when the auto EQ range is exceeded, especially when a roll-off response is required. Once all the frequency characteristics of the target filter are identified, a function called FindBiggestArea() is used to find the most significant biquad filter for the target, which is characterized by only the largest area under the target filter curve as shown below.
åºäºè¿äºç¹æ§ï¼è¢«ç§°ä¸ºDeriveFiltParamsFromFreqFeatures()ç彿°åºäºæ²çº¿ä¸å¿é¢çãdBåå/ååå带宽(Q)æ¥è®¡ç®3ä¸ªåæ°(fctrãdBãQ)ã2-æå¸¦é滤波å¨ç带宽被å®ä¹ä¸ºfctr/(fupper-flower)ï¼å ¶ä¸fupperåfloweræ¯çº¿æ§å¹ 度æ¯.707*å³°å¼çä½ç½®ãæ¬æåå¨1+带éçé形滤波å¨ï¼ä½æ¯æ ¹æ®ç»éªåç°ï¼ä½¿ç¨.707*å³°å¼(dB)(å ¶ä¸åºåæ¯0dB)乿ä¾äºç¨äºä¼°è®¡éå½¢çQçæä½³ç»æãè¾¹ç¼é¢çä¸ç¨äºè®¡ç®PEQ带宽ï¼èæ¯ç¨äºæç»ä¸¤ä¸ªç¸é»çPEQå³°å¼ãå¦æè¯¥åºå表示å¨é¢çå¤çè¡°åï¼åè¯¥å½æ°å°è®¡ç®LPF/HPF滤波å¨çè§é¢çï¼å ¶ä¸ååºæ¯-3dBãæ ¹æ®è¿äºæ»¤æ³¢å¨åæ°ï¼è®¡ç®èªå¨EQåäºé¶æ»¤æ³¢å¨ç³»æ°ï¼å¹¶ä¸å°åäºé¶æ·»å å°èªå¨EQDSP滤波å¨ç»ãç¶åï¼å°è¯¥æ´æ°çDSP滤波å¨ååº(Hdspfilt)æ·»å å°ææµéçååº(Hmeas){æææ°é以dB为åä½}ï¼ä»¥ç¤ºåºèªå¨åè¡¡ååºçèµ·æ¥æ¯ä»ä¹(Hautoeq)ãç¶åï¼ä»ç®æ ååº(Htarget)åå»èªå¨åè¡¡ååº(Hautoeq)ä»¥äº§çæ°çç®æ 滤波å¨(Htargfilt)ã该æ°çç®æ 滤波å¨è¡¨ç¤ºè¯¯å·®ï¼å³ææçç®æ ååºåæ ¡æ£ååºä¹é´çå·®å¼ãBased on these characteristics, a function called DeriveFiltParamsFromFreqFeatures() calculates 3 parameters (fctr, dB, Q) based on the curve center frequency, dB boost/cut, and bandwidth (Q). The bandwidth of a 2-pole bandpass filter is defined as fctr/(f upper -f lower ), where f upper and f lower are the locations where the linear amplitude is .707*peak. A bell filter with 1+bandpass is present in this article, but it has been empirically found that using .707*peak (dB) (where the reference is 0dB) also provides the best results for estimating the Q of the bell. The edge frequencies are not used to calculate the PEQ bandwidth, but are used to delineate two adjacent PEQ peaks. If this area represents attenuation at a frequency, the function will calculate the corner frequency of the LPF/HPF filter where the response is -3dB. Based on these filter parameters, the auto EQ biquad filter coefficients are calculated, and the biquad is added to the auto EQ DSP filter bank. This updated DSP filter response (H dspfilt ) is then added to the measured response (H meas ) {all quantities in dB} to show what the auto-equalization response looks like (H autoeq ). The auto-equalization response (H autoeq ) is then subtracted from the target response (H target ) to produce a new target filter (H targfilt ). This new target filter represents the error, i.e., the difference between the desired target response and the correction response.
å¾3示åºäºæ ¹æ®ç¤ºä¾å®æ½ä¾çç¨äºç¡®å®èªå¨å衡滤波å¨ç»ä»¥åºç¨äºæ©é³å¨ç¯å¢çè¿ç¨ãåèå¾3ï¼è¯¥è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥å æ¬å°ç®æ ååºå®ä¹ä¸ºåäºé¶æ»¤æ³¢å¨åHPF/LPFé¢çå表302ï¼æµéæ¥èªéº¦å é£çåå¾ååº304ï¼å°è¯¥å¼å½ä¸å为é¢çæéå¼ä¹é´ç0dB 306ï¼ä»ç®æ ååºå廿æµéçååºä»¥æä¾ç®æ 滤波å¨308ï¼å¯»æ¾ç®æ 滤波å¨è¿é¶ç¹å导æ°é¶ç¹310ï¼å°ä¸¤ç»é¶é¢çæé¡ºåºç»å以è¯å«é¢çç¹å¾å¼312ï¼è¯å«ç®æ æ»¤æ³¢å¨æ²çº¿ä¸æ¹çæå¤§åºå314ï¼å¯¼åºåæ°ä»¥æåå¨.707å¤çé¢çä¹ä»¥å³°å¼çéå½¢é¢ç§¯316ï¼ç¡®å®æ»¤æ³¢å¨åæ°æ¯å¦æ¯å¯å¬è§ç318ï¼å¦ææ¯ï¼åè¿ç¨ç»§ç»ä»¥åºäºæè¯å«ç滤波å¨åæ°è®¡ç®åäºé¶ç³»æ°320ã该è¿ç¨ç»§ç»ä»¥åºäºå¹ 度æéå¼éå¶æ»¤æ³¢å¨dB 322ï¼å°è¯¥æ°ç被éå¶çæ»¤æ³¢å¨æ·»å å°DSP滤波å¨ç»324ï¼å°æªè¢«éå¶çEQæ»¤æ³¢å¨æ·»å å°ææµéçååºä»¥æä¾æªè¢«éå¶çæ ¡æ£ååº326ï¼ä»¥åä»ç®æ ååºåå»è¯¥æ ¡æ£ååºä»¥æä¾æ°çç®æ 滤波å¨328ãå¦æä½¿ç¨äºææå¯ç¨çäºé¶330ï¼åè¿ç¨ç»æ322ï¼æè 妿å¦ï¼åè¿ç¨ç»§ç»åå°æä½310ãFIG3 illustrates a process for determining an automatic equalization filter bank for application to a loudspeaker environment according to an example embodiment. Referring to FIG3, the process may include defining a target response as a biquad filter and a list of HPF/LPF frequencies 302, measuring a chirp response from a microphone 304, normalizing the value to 0 dB between frequency extremes 306, subtracting the measured response from the target response to provide a target filter 308, finding target filter zero crossings and derivative zeros 310, combining the two sets of zero frequencies in order to identify frequency eigenvalues 312, identifying the maximum area under the target filter curve 314, deriving parameters to fit the frequency at .707 times the bell-shaped area of the peak 316, determining if the filter parameters are audible 318, and if so, the process continues with calculating biquad coefficients 320 based on the identified filter parameters. The process continues by limiting the filter dB based on the amplitude limit value 322, adding the new limited filter to the DSP filter bank 324, adding the unlimited EQ filter to the measured response to provide an unlimited correction response 326, and subtracting the correction response from the target response to provide a new target filter 328. If all available second orders are used 330, the process ends 322, or if not, the process continues back to operation 310.
为äºç¡®å®åªä¸ªæ©é³å¨(æ¬å£°å¨)è¾åºæ¯å®æ¶çï¼äºåé¢å¸¦å¤é³(äºä¸ªæ£å¼¦æ³¢ä¿¡å·é´éä¸ä¸ªåé¢å¸¦)ä¿¡å·æ°´å¹³è¢«æ½å å°æ¬å£°å¨ï¼å¹¶ä¸ä»¥å¿«éçéç鿥å¢å ï¼ä»¥ä¾¿å¿«éæ£æµä»»ä½è¿æ¥ç宿¶çæ¬å£°å¨ãå¤é³ä¿¡å·æ°´å¹³æ¯æ¬¡å¢å ä¸ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ï¼åæ¶çè§ææéº¦å é£çä¿¡å·æ°´å¹³ã䏿¦ä¸ä¸ªéº¦å é£(mic)以ææçé³é¢ç³»ç»å£°å级(SPL)ç®æ æ°´å¹³(å³ï¼SPLé弿°´å¹³)æ¥æ¶å°ä¿¡å·ï¼åå¤é³æµè¯ä¿¡å·è¢«ç»æ¢ï¼å¹¶ä¸æ¬å£°å¨è¾åºå£°é被æå®ä¸ºæ¯å®æ¶çã妿å¤é³æµè¯ä¿¡å·è¾¾å°æå¤§âå®å ¨æéå¼â并䏿²¡æéº¦å 飿¥æ¶å°ç®æ SPLæ°´å¹³ï¼åæ¬å£°å¨è¾åºè¢«æå®ä¸ºæ æç/æå¼çãææ¥æ¶çäºåé¢å¸¦ä¿¡å·éè¿ä¸ç»äºä¸ªçªå¸¦é滤波å¨ãäºä¸ªåé¢å¸¦æµè¯é³è°åäºä¸ªå¸¦é滤波å¨çç®çæ¯é²æ¢æ¥èªå®½å¸¦ç¯å¢åªå£°æä»æ¿é´ä¸çä¸äºå ¶ä»æºäº§ççå个é³è°ç对æ¬å£°å¨çéè¯¯æ£æµãæ¢å¥è¯è¯´ï¼é³é¢ç³»ç»æ£å¨äº§ç忥æ¶ç¹å®çä¿¡å·ç¾å(signature)ï¼ä»¥å°è¯¥ä¿¡å·ä¸æ¿é´ä¸çå ¶ä»æ å ³å£°æºåºåå¼ãç¨äºæ£æµæææ¬å£°å¨è¾åºçåä¸ä¸ªäºåé¢å¸¦å¤é³åæ¶ç¨äºæ£æµææéº¦å é£è¾å ¥ã䏿¦æé«éº¦å é£ä¿¡å·è¾¾å°é³é¢ç³»ç»ç®æ SPLæ°´å¹³ï¼åå¤é³æµè¯ä¿¡å·è¢«ç»æ¢ãæ¤æ¶ï¼ææç麦å é£ä¿¡å·æ°´å¹³è¢«è®°å½ãå¦æéº¦å é£ä¿¡å·é«äºæä¸ªæå°é弿°´å¹³ï¼å麦å é£è¾å ¥è¢«æå®ä¸ºå®æ¶ç麦å é£è¾å ¥ï¼å¦åå ¶è¢«æå®ä¸ºæ æç/æå¼çãIn order to determine which loudspeaker (speaker) output is real-time, a five-octave band multi-tone (five sine wave signals are spaced one octave band) signal level is applied to the speaker and gradually increased at a fast rate to quickly detect any connected real-time speakers. The multi-tone signal level increases one speaker at a time while monitoring the signal levels of all microphones. Once a microphone (mic) receives a signal at the desired audio system sound pressure level (SPL) target level (i.e., SPL threshold level), the multi-tone test signal is terminated and the speaker output channel is designated as real-time. If the multi-tone test signal reaches the maximum 'safe limit value' and no microphone receives the target SPL level, the speaker output is designated as invalid/disconnected. The received five-octave band signal passes through a set of five narrow bandpass filters. The purpose of the five octave band test tones and five bandpass filters is to prevent false detection of speakers from single tones generated from broadband ambient noise or some other sources in the room. In other words, the audio system is generating and receiving a specific signal signature to distinguish the signal from other irrelevant sound sources in the room. The same five-octave band multi-tone used to detect valid speaker output is also used to detect valid microphone input. Once the highest microphone signal reaches the audio system target SPL level, the multi-tone test signal is terminated. At this point, all microphone signal levels are recorded. If the microphone signal is above a certain minimum threshold level, the microphone input is designated as a live microphone input, otherwise it is designated as invalid/disconnected.
为äºè®¾ç½®æ©é³å¨è¾åºå¢çæ°´å¹³ï¼ä»¥dB为åä½çæææçSPL声妿¶å¬æ°´å¹³å°è¢«ç¡®å®å¹¶è¢«åå¨å¨åºä»¶ä¸ãDSPæ©é³å¨è¾åºå£°éå°å ¶å¢ç设置为å®ç°è¯¥ç®æ SPLæ°´å¹³ã妿åçæ¾å¤§å¨å¢çæ¯å·²ç¥çï¼å¹¶ä¸æ©é³å¨çµæåº¦æ¯å·²ç¥çï¼åå¯ä»¥é对ç¹å®SPLæ°´å¹³æ¥åç¡®å°è®¾ç½®è¿äºè¾åºDSPå¢çï¼ä¾å¦åºäºè·æ¯ä¸ªæ©é³å¨ä¸ç±³(èèå ¶ä»è·ç¦»å¹¶ä¸å¯ä»¥å°å ¶ä½ä¸ºæ¿ä»£)ã卿äºä¼°è®¡çæ¶å¬è ä½ç½®å¤çæ°´å¹³å°æ¯å°äºè¯¥ä¼°è®¡æ°´å¹³çæä¸ªæ°´å¹³ãå¨èªç±ç©ºé´ä¸ï¼ä¸æºçè·ç¦»æ¯å¢å ä¸åï¼å£°çº§ä¸é6dBã对äºå ¸åçä¼è®®å®¤ï¼ä¸æºçè·ç¦»å¢å ä¸åæ¶çæ°´å¹³å¯ä»¥è¢«è¯å«ä¸º-3dBã妿å设æ¯ä¸ªæ¶å¬è å°å¨ç¦»æè¿çæ©é³å¨2ç±³å°8ç±³çèå´å ï¼å¹¶ä¸é对4ç±³çä¸é´è·ç¦»è®¾ç½®å¢çï¼åæå¾ç声å¦ç级å°å¨æææ°´å¹³ç+/-3dBå ã妿(ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ª)æ©é³å¨ççµæåº¦æ¯æªç¥çï¼åå°ä½¿ç¨ä»æè¿ç麦å é£è·å¾çåå¾ååºä¿¡å·ãä½¿ç¨æè¿ç麦å é£çåå æ¯ä¸ºäºæå°åç±äºä¼°è®¡æ°´å¹³æå¤±ç¸å¯¹äºè·ç¦»çåå°å误差ãå¯ä»¥ä»è¯¥ååºçæ°´å¹³åé£è¡æ¶é´(time-of-flightï¼TOF)估计æ©é³å¨çµæåº¦ï¼å°½ç®¡ç±äºæ©é³å¨ç¦»è½´æ¾åå¼èµ·çè¡°åæ¯æªç¥çã妿åçæ¾å¤§å¨å¢çæ¯æªç¥çï¼åå°ä½¿ç¨29dBçå ¸åå¼ï¼è¿å¯è½å¼å ¥+/-3dBçSPL水平误差ãIn order to set the loudspeaker output gain level, the desired SPL acoustic listening level in dB will be determined and stored in the firmware. The DSP loudspeaker output channel sets its gain to achieve the target SPL level. If the power amplifier gain is known and the loudspeaker sensitivity is known, these output DSP gains can be accurately set for a specific SPL level, for example based on one meter from each loudspeaker (other distances are considered and can be used as an alternative). The level at some estimated listener position will be a level less than the estimated level. In free space, the sound level drops by 6dB for every doubling of the distance from the source. For a typical conference room, the level when the distance from the source is doubled can be identified as -3dB. If it is assumed that each listener will be within a range of 2 meters to 8 meters from the nearest loudspeaker, and the gain is set for an intermediate distance of 4 meters, the resulting acoustic level will be within +/-3dB of the desired level. If the sensitivity of (one or more) loudspeakers is unknown, the chirp response signal obtained from the nearest microphone will be used. The reason for using the nearest microphone is to minimize reflections and errors due to estimated level loss relative to distance. The microphone sensitivity can be estimated from the level and time-of-flight (TOF) of this response, although the attenuation due to off-axis pickup of the microphone is unknown. If the power amplifier gain is unknown, a typical value of 29dB will be used, which may introduce a +/-3dB SPL level error.
åæçµå£°ç³»ç»ä»¥è¯å«åºå½ç¨äºå®ç°æä½³å£°å¦ç级çå¢çãå¯ä»¥ä»ä»»ä½å£°é³ç³»ç»å¯¼åºçµåãåçå声å¦ç级以åå¢çãè¿äºå¼å¯ä»¥ç¨äºä½¿ç¨DSPå¤ç卿ä¾å¨æä¸ç¹å®ä½ç½®å¤çSPLæ°´å¹³ãé常ï¼é³é¢ç³»ç»å°å ·æéº¦å é£ãæ©é³å¨ãç¼è§£ç å¨ãDSPå¤çå¨åæ¾å¤§å¨ãAnalyze the electroacoustic system to identify the gain that should be used to achieve the best acoustic level. Voltage, power and acoustic level and gain can be derived from any sound system. These values can be used to provide the SPL level at a specific location using a DSP processor. Typically, an audio system will have a microphone, loudspeaker, codec, DSP processor and amplifier.
å¾4示åºäºæ ¹æ®ç¤ºä¾å®æ½ä¾çç¨äºè¯å«åç§é³é¢ä¿¡å·æ°´å¹³åç¹æ§ç示ä¾é ç½®ãåèå¾4ï¼è¯¥ç¤ºä¾å æ¬ç¹å®çæ¿é´æç¯å¢ï¼ä¾å¦ä¸ä¸ªä¼è®®å®¤ï¼è¯¥ä¼è®®å®¤éæäººå436ï¼äººå436估计è·ç¦»æ©é³å¨434约ä¸ç±³ãè¡°åå¼è¢«è¡¨ç¤ºä¸ºå¢çå¼ãä¾å¦ï¼GPSï¼LP-LSPKRæ¯æ¥èªæ©é³å¨çå¨è·äººåä¸ç±³å¤çå¢çï¼ä¾å¦ï¼å ¶å¯ä»¥æ¯çº¦-6dBãLPæ¯å¨ä¸èèä»»ä½ç¹å®çå¹³åçæ åµä¸ç声å¦å£°å级ï¼LSPKRæ¯è·æ¬å£°å¨1ç±³å¤ç声åå¼ãGMPæ¯ä»éº¦å é£432å°äººåçå¢çï¼GMSæ¯ä»éº¦å é£å°æ©é³å¨çå¢çãåçæ¾å¤§å¨424å¯ä»¥ç¨äºä¸ºéº¦å é£ä¾çµï¼DSPå¤çå¨422å¯ä»¥ç¨äºæ¥æ¶åå¤çæ¥èªéº¦å é£çæ°æ®ä»¥è¯å«æ½å å°æ¬å£°å¨434çæä½³å¢çååçæ°´å¹³ãè¯å«è¿äºæä½³å¼å°çæ³å°å æ¬ç¡®å®GPSåGPSãè¿å°æå©äºå®ç°å¨æ¶å¬è ä½ç½®å¤ç声级以å设å®çDSPè¾åºå¢çåè¾å ¥åç½®æ¾å¤§å¨å¢çå¼ãFIG. 4 shows an example configuration for identifying various audio signal levels and characteristics according to an example embodiment. Referring to FIG. 4 , the example includes a specific room or environment, such as a conference room, in which there is a person 436, who is estimated to be about one meter away from a loudspeaker 434. The attenuation value is expressed as a gain value. For example, G PS = L P - L SPKR is the gain from the loudspeaker at one meter away from the person, for example, it can be about -6 dB. L P is the acoustic sound pressure level without considering any specific average, and L SPKR is the sound pressure value at 1 meter away from the speaker. G MP is the gain from the microphone 432 to the person, and G MS is the gain from the microphone to the loudspeaker. The power amplifier 424 can be used to power the microphone, and the DSP processor 422 can be used to receive and process data from the microphone to identify the optimal gain and power level applied to the loudspeaker 434. Identifying these optimal values will ideally include determining G PS and G PS . This will help achieve the sound level at the listener position and the set DSP output gain and input preamplifier gain values.
å¨å¾4çè¿ä¸ªç¤ºä¾ä¸ï¼å¦æç¥éå ³äºéº¦å é£ãæ¾å¤§å¨åæ©é³å¨çå ä¸ªåºæ¬åæ°ï¼åLsens,mic,(1)PA(dBu)æ¯æ¨¡æéº¦å é£ççµæåº¦ï¼åä½ä¸ºdBuï¼ä½ä¸ºç¸å¯¹äº1叿¯å¡(PA)çç»å¯¹éï¼å¨è¯¥ç¤ºä¾ä¸æ¯-26.4dBuï¼Gampæ¯åçæ¾å¤§å¨çå¢çï¼å¨è¯¥ç¤ºä¾ä¸æ¯29dBï¼èLsens,spkræ¯æ©é³å¨ççµæåº¦ï¼å¨è¯¥ç¤ºä¾ä¸æ¯æ¯90dBaãç»§ç»è¯¥ç¤ºä¾ï¼Lgenæ¯ä¿¡å·çæå¨çæ°´å¹³(dBu)ï¼Gdsp,inæ¯å æ¬éº¦å é£åç½®æ¾å¤§å¨å¢ççDSPå¤çå¨è¾å ¥çå¢çï¼å¨è¯¥ç¤ºä¾ä¸æ¯54dBï¼Gdsp,outæ¯DSPå¤çå¨è¾åºå¢ççå¢çï¼å¨è¯¥ç¤ºä¾ä¸æ¯-24dBãææ¾åºæ¿ä¿¡å·ï¼å¹¶ä¸æµéååºä¿¡å·ï¼å ¶å¯ä»¥æ¯ä¾å¦14.4dBuï¼å¹¶ä¸L1PAï¼94ãå¨è¯¥ç¤ºä¾ä¸ï¼å¯ä»¥éè¿Lmicï¼Ldsp-Lsens,mic,1PA+L1PA-Gdsp.inï¼14.4-(-26.4)+94ï¼80.8dBaæ¥è¯å«éº¦å é£å¤ç声级ãè·æ©é³å¨1ç±³å¤ç声级æ¯Lspkrï¼Lgen+Gdsp+Gamp+Lsens,spkr-Lsens,spkr,voltsï¼0+(-24dB)+29dB+90dBa-11.3dBuï¼83.7dBuãç°å¨å¯ä»¥è®¡ç®GMSï¼Lmis-Lspkrï¼-2.9dBaã估计å¼ä»¥å ¸åä¼è®®å®¤å æ¯å¢å ä¸åè·ç¦»ä¸º-2.5dB为åºç¡ãIn this example of FIG. 4 , if a few basic parameters about the microphone, amplifier, and loudspeaker are known, L sens,mic,(1)PA (dBu) is the sensitivity of the analog microphone in dBu as an absolute quantity relative to 1 Pascal (PA), in this example -26.4 dBu, G amp is the gain of the power amplifier, in this example 29 dB, and L sens,spkr is the sensitivity of the loudspeaker, in this example 90 dBa. Continuing with this example, L gen is the level of the signal generator (dBu), G dsp,in is the gain of the DSP processor input including the microphone preamplifier gain, in this example 54 dB, and G dsp,out is the gain of the DSP processor output gain, in this example -24 dB. The stimulus signal is played and the response signal is measured, which may be, for example, 14.4 dBu, and L 1PA =94. In this example, the sound level at the microphone can be identified by L mic = L dsp - L sens,mic,1PA + L 1PA - G dsp.in = 14.4 - (-26.4) + 94 = 80.8 dBa. The sound level at 1 meter from the loudspeaker is L spkr = L gen + G dsp + G amp + L sens,spkr - L sens,spkr,volts = 0 + (-24 dB) + 29 dB + 90 dBa - 11.3 dBu = 83.7 dBu. Now G MS can be calculated = L mis - L spkr = -2.9 dBa. The estimate is based on -2.5 dB per doubling of distance in a typical conference room.
å¨éº¦å é£ãåçæ¾å¤§å¨åæ©é³å¨çå¢çåå ¶ä»åæ°æ¯æªç¥çæ åµä¸ï¼å¯¹äºéº¦å é£ï¼LpåLmicçæµéå¼é常æ¯-38dBuï¼å ¶ä¸ï¼å¯¹äºåçæ¾å¤§å¨æ¯+/-12dBã29dB+/-3dBï¼å¯¹äºæ©é³å¨æ¯90dBa+/-5dBãä¸è¿°å ¬å¼æ¯è®¡ç®ææå£°çº§çDSPå¢çåå®ç°å¨æèå´æå¿ éçãç¶åï¼å¯ä»¥éè¿åç§å¢çæµéæ¥è¯å«ææçæ¶å¬è æ°´å¹³LPãIn the case where the gain and other parameters of the microphone, power amplifier and loudspeaker are unknown, the measured values of Lp and Lmic are typically -38dBu for the microphone, +/-12dB, 29dB+/-3dB for the power amplifier, and 90dBa+/-5dB for the loudspeaker. The above formula is necessary to calculate the DSP gain and dynamic range for the desired sound level. The desired listener level Lp can then be identified through various gain measurements.
å¾5示åºäºæ ¹æ®ç¤ºä¾å®æ½ä¾çç¨äºè¯å«åæ§æ¬å£°å¨å麦å é£ç¯å¢ä¸ç声å级(SPL)çè¿ç¨ãåèå¾5ï¼è¯¥ç¤ºä¾å æ¬æ¨¡ææ¨¡åä¸çæ¶å¬è 436ï¼è¯¥æ¶å¬è 436ä¸ç¹å®æ¿é´ä¸çæ¬å£°å¨534çè·ç¦»æ¯DPãå¨èªç±ç©ºé´ä¸ï¼è·ç¦»æ¯å¢å ä¸åï¼å£°å¦ççº§è¡°åæ¯6dBãç¶èï¼å¨æ¿é´ä¸ï¼ç±äºåå°åæ··åï¼è¯¥è¡°åæ°´å¹³å°æ¯å°äº6dBçæä¸ªå¼ãä¼è®®å®¤ä¸ç声å¦ç级衰åçå ¸å弿¯è·ç¦»æ¯å¢å ä¸åï¼è¡°å约为3dBï¼å ¶ä¸ï¼ä¸è¬èè¨ï¼å°æ¿é´å/æåå°æ§æ¿é´å°æ¯è¿ä¸æ°å¼å°ä¸äºï¼è大æ¿é´å/æå¸æ¶æ§æ¿é´å°æ¯è¿ä¸æ°å¼å¤§ãFIG5 illustrates a process for identifying the sound pressure level (SPL) in a controlled speaker and microphone environment according to an example embodiment. Referring to FIG5 , the example includes a listener 436 in a simulation model, the listener 436 being at a distance D P from a speaker 534 in a particular room. In free space, the acoustic level attenuation is 6 dB for each doubling of the distance. However, in a room, due to reflections and reverberation, the attenuation level will be some value less than 6 dB. A typical value for the acoustic level attenuation in a conference room is about 3 dB for each doubling of the distance, where, in general, small rooms and/or reflective rooms will be somewhat less than this value, while large rooms and/or absorptive rooms will be greater than this value.
å¨ç¹å®ä½ç½®å¤ä½¿ç¨å¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£å¨ç¦»æ©é³å¨534æä¸ªè·ç¦»DPå¤ä»¥æä¸ªæææ¶å¬è æ°´å¹³LPäº§çææçSPLãå¨è·æ©é³å¨534ä¸ç±³å¤äº§çå·²ç¥æ°´å¹³L1ï¼å¹¶ä¸ç¥éè·ç¦»æ¯å¢å ä¸åçè¡°ååæ©é³å¨ççµæåº¦ãå¯ä»¥ä»å¦D1åD2æç¤ºçä¸¤ä¸ªåæ¶æµéä½ç½®å¤çä¸ä¸ªå徿¥ç¡®å®ææè¿äºåæ°ãå设æ¿é´çæ°´å¹³ååå°è¡°åï¼åå¯ä»¥ä»æ¿é´ä¸çä»»ä½ä¸¤ä¸ªæµéå¼(å¨ä¸¤ä¸ªä¸åä½ç½®å¤)计ç®è·ç¦»æ¯å¢å ä¸åçè¡°åã彿¿é´å°ºå¯¸å¢å å/æå徿´å æ©æ£æ¶ï¼è¯¥åè®¾æ´ææã该å设ä½ä¸ºææé¢çä¸çå¹³åè¡°å乿´ææãè·ç¦»æ¯å¢å ä¸åæ¶çè¡°åçå¼å¯ä»¥è¢«å¯¼åºä¸ºï¼Î±ddï¼-(L1-L2)/log2(D2/D1)ï¼å ¶ä¸ï¼Lï¼SPLæ°´å¹³ï¼Dï¼è·ç¦»ï¼èαddå¨è¯¥ç¤ºä¾ä¸æ¯è´å¼ï¼å¨è¯¥ç¤ºä¾ä¸ï¼è¡°åå¼è¢«è®¤ä¸ºæ¯è´å¢çãè·æ©é³å¨çä½ç½®L1åL2å¯ä»¥æ¯ä»»ä½é¡ºåº(å³ï¼ä¸å¿ æ¯D2>D1)ãæ¥ä¸æ¥ï¼å¿ é¡»æµéæ©é³å¨çµæåº¦ï¼è¯¥çµæåº¦æ¯å½ç±ç»å®åèçµå驱卿¶è·æ¬å£°å¨â1âç±³å¤çSPLæ°´å¹³ã妿å¨è·æ¬å£°å¨å¹¶é1mçæä¸ªè·ç¦»å¤è¿è¡æµéï¼åå°éè¿ä½¿ç¨Î±ddåç¸å¯¹äº1mçâè·ç¦»å åâ(âdoublings of distanceâ)æ¥è®¡ç®è·æ¬å£°å¨1må¤çæ°´å¹³ãå¯ä»¥ä½¿ç¨è¡¨è¾¾å¼OneMeterDoublingsï¼log2(D1)æ¥è®¡ç®1mçè·ç¦»å åãç°å¨å¯ä»¥ä½¿ç¨L1mï¼L1-OneMeterDoublings*αddæ¥è®¡ç®å°å¨1må¤åºç°çæ°´å¹³ã妿æä½¿ç¨ççµæµè¯ä¿¡å·æ¯æ¬å£°å¨ççµæåº¦çµåèæ°´å¹³ï¼é常æ¯2.83V(8æ¬§å§æ¶ä¸º1W)ï¼åL1mï¼Lsens,spkrãç¶èï¼å¦ææ¬å£°å¨é©±å¨çµåæäºä¸åï¼åå¯ä»¥ç®åå°ä½¿ç¨çå¼Lsens,spkrï¼L1m-Ldsp,FSout-Gdsp,out-Gamp-Gattn,out+Lsens,spkr,voltsæ¥è®¡ç®Lsens,spkrãLsens,spkræ¯æ©é³å¨ççµæåº¦ï¼Ldsp,FSoutæ¯DSPå¤çå¨è¾åºççµæåº¦ï¼Gdsp,outæ¯DSPè¾åºçå¢çï¼Gampæ¯åçæ¾å¤§å¨çå¢çï¼Gattn,outæ¯ä»»ä½è¡°åå¨çå¢çï¼Lsens,spkr,voltsæ¯æ©é³å¨ççµæåº¦(åä½ä¸ºä¼ç¹)ãMultiple microphones are used at specific locations to produce a desired SPL at some desired listener level LP at some distance DP from the loudspeaker 534, a known level L1 at one meter from the loudspeaker 534, and knowing the attenuation per doubling of distance and the sensitivity of the loudspeaker. All of these parameters can be determined from one chirp at two simultaneous measurement locations as shown by D1 and D2. Assuming that the room level is uniformly attenuated, the attenuation per doubling of distance can be calculated from any two measurements in the room (at two different locations). This assumption is more valid as the room size increases and/or becomes more diffuse. This assumption is also more valid as an average attenuation over all frequencies. The attenuation equation for each doubling of distance can be derived as: α dd =-(L 1 -L 2 )/log2(D 2 /D 1 ), where L=SPL level, D=distance, and α dd is a negative value in this example, in which the attenuation value is considered to be a negative gain. The positions L1 and L2 from the loudspeaker can be in any order (i.e. it is not necessary that D2>D1). Next, the loudspeaker sensitivity must be measured, which is the SPL level at '1' meter from the loudspeaker when driven by a given reference voltage. If the measurement is taken at some distance from the loudspeaker other than 1m, the level at 1m from the loudspeaker will be calculated by using αdd and the "doublings of distance" relative to 1m. The doublings of distance for 1m can be calculated using the expression OneMeterDoublings=log2( D1 ). The level that will appear at 1m can now be calculated using L1m = L1 -OneMeterDoublings*αdd. If the electrical test signal used is the loudspeaker's sensitivity electrical reference level, typically 2.83V (1W at 8 ohms), then L1m =Lsens ,spkr . However, if the speaker drive voltage is somewhat different, then L sens,spkr can be simply calculated using the equation L sens,spkr = L 1m - L dsp,FSout - G dsp,out - G amp - G attn,out + L sens,spkr,volts , where L sens,spkr is the sensitivity of the loudspeaker, L dsp,FSout is the sensitivity of the DSP processor output, G dsp,out is the gain of the DSP output, G amp is the gain of the power amplifier, G attn,out is the gain of any attenuator, and L sens,spkr,volts is the sensitivity of the loudspeaker in volts.
æ¢ç¶å·²ç»è¯å«äºæ¿é´åæ¬å£°å¨çµæåº¦çαddï¼å¨æ¶å¬è è·ç¦»DPå¤äº§çæææ°´å¹³LPæéçæ¬å£°å¨é©±å¨æ°´å¹³(æDSPè¾åºå¢ç)ï¼å¯ä»¥éè¿è®¡ç®å°æ¶å¬è ä½ç½®çä¸ç±³çå åæ¥ç¡®å®ï¼OneMeterDoublingsï¼log2(D1)ãæ¥ä¸æ¥ï¼å¯ä»¥è®¡ç®è·æ©é³å¨1må¤çæ¶å¬è æ°´å¹³ï¼L1mï¼L1-OneMeterDoublings*αddãæåï¼å¯ä»¥éè¿Gdspï¼outï¼L1m-Lsens,spkr-Ldsp,FSout-Gamp-Gattnout+Lsens,spkr,voltsæ¥è¯å«æ©é³å¨é©±å¨æ°´å¹³æDSPè¾åºå¢çãNow that the room and speaker sensitivity α dd has been identified, the speaker drive level (or DSP output gain) required to produce the desired level L P at the listener distance DP can be determined by calculating the doubling of one meter to the listener position: OneMeterDoublings=log2(D 1 ). Next, the listener level at 1 m from the loudspeaker can be calculated: L 1m =L 1 -OneMeterDoublings*α dd . Finally, the loudspeaker drive level or DSP output gain can be identified by G dsp,out =L 1m -L sens,spkr -L dsp,FSout -G amp -G attnout +L sens,spkr,volts .
å¨å¾5ç示ä¾ä¸ï¼æ¿é´çä¸ç«¯æä¸ä¸ªæ©é³å¨ï¼è¿æ¯ä¸ºäºè®¡ç®å¨è·æ©é³å¨11.92ç±³çä½ç½®å¤äº§çææçSPLæ°´å¹³(ä¾å¦72.0dBSPL)æéçDSPè¾åºå¢çã该SPLæ°´å¹³æ¯å®½å¸¦å¹¶ä¸æªå æï¼å æ¤ä½¿ç¨æªå æçå ¨èå´å徿µè¯ä¿¡å·ãæ¿é´å 碰巧æä¸¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£ï¼ä½æ¯å®ä»¬ä¸æ©é³å¨çè·ç¦»æ¯æªç¥çï¼å¹¶ä¸æ©é³å¨ä¹æ¯æªç¥çãå·²ç¥çç³»ç»åæ°æ¯ï¼Ldspfsoutï¼+20.98dBuï¼Gdsp,outï¼-20.27dB(ç¨äºå徿µéçDSPè¾åºå¢ç)ï¼Gampï¼29.64dBï¼Gattn,outï¼-19.1dBï¼ä»¥åLsens,spkr,voltsï¼+11.25dBu(2.83V)ã该ç¨åºè¢«æ¦æ¬ä¸ºä¸ä¸ªæä½ï¼1)çæåå¾å¹¶ä¸æµéå¨ä¸¤ä¸ªææ´å¤ä¸ªä½ç½®å¤çååºãçæå个åå¾å¹¶ä¸è®°å½æ¥èªä¸¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£çååºãå徿µéæç¤ºäºä»¥ä¸æ°æ®ï¼å¨è·æ©é³å¨1.89må¤ï¼L1ï¼82.0dBSPLï¼å¨è·æ©é³å¨7.23må¤ï¼L2ï¼73.8dBSPLï¼2)计ç®è·ç¦»æ¯å¢å ä¸åæ¶çæ¿é´è¡°åï¼Î±ddï¼-(82.0dB-73.8dB)/log2(7.23m/1.89m)ï¼-4.24dB/doublingï¼3)éè¿é¦å æ¾å°æé è¿ç麦å é£çç¸å¯¹äº1mè·ç¦»çä¸¤åæ¥è®¡ç®è·æ¬å£°å¨1ç±³å¤çå徿°´å¹³ï¼OneMeterDoublingsï¼log2(1.89m)ï¼0.918doublingsï¼ç°å¨ä½¿ç¨L1mï¼82.0dBSPL-(0.918doublings)*(-4.24dB/doublings)ï¼85.9dBSPL计ç®1må¤çå徿°´å¹³ï¼4)è®¡ç®æ©é³å¨ççµæåº¦ï¼Lsens,spkrï¼85.9dBSPL-20.98dBu-(-20.27dB)-29.64dB-(-19.1dB)+11.25dBuï¼85.9dBSPLï¼5)计ç®ä»1ç±³å¤å°æ¶å¬è è·ç¦»DPç两åï¼OneMeterDoublingsï¼log2(11.92m)ï¼3.575doublingsï¼6)使ç¨L1mï¼72dBSPL-(3.575doublings)*(-4.236dB/doubling)ï¼87.15dBSPL计ç®è·æ©é³å¨1ç±³å¤æéçæ°´å¹³ãæåï¼è®¡ç®äº§ç该水平æéçDSPè¾åºå¢çï¼Gdsp,outï¼87.15dBSPL-85.9dBSPL-20.98dBu-29.64dB-(-19.1dB)+11.25dBuï¼-19.01dBãå¨è¯¥ç¤ºä¾ä¸ï¼ä½¿ç¨-20.27dBçDSPè¾åºå¢çå¨ç¦»æ©é³å¨11.92ç±³å¤åå¾è¢«æµé为72.0dBSPLï¼å æ¤å¨è¯¥ç¤ºä¾ä¸è®¡ç®çè¾åºå¢çä¸å®é å¢çç¸å·®(20.27-19.01)ï¼1.26dBãIn the example of FIG. 5 , there is a loudspeaker at one end of the room, and this is to calculate the DSP output gain required to produce the desired SPL level (e.g., 72.0 dB SPL) at a location 11.92 meters from the loudspeaker. This SPL level is broadband and unweighted, so an unweighted full-range chirp test signal is used. There happen to be two microphones in the room, but their distances from the loudspeaker are unknown, and the loudspeaker is also unknown. The known system parameters are: L dspfsout = +20.98 dBu, G dsp,out = -20.27 dB (DSP output gain for chirp measurement), G amp = 29.64 dB, G attn,out = -19.1 dB, and L sens,spkr,volts = +11.25 dBu (2.83 V). The procedure is summarized in seven operations, 1) Generate chirp and measure the response at two or more locations. A single chirp is generated and the responses from both microphones are recorded. The chirp measurement revealed the following data: at 1.89m from the loudspeaker, L1 = 82.0dB SPL , at 7.23m from the loudspeaker, L2 = 73.8dB SPL , 2) Calculate the room attenuation for each doubling of the distance, αdd = -(82.0dB-73.8dB)/log2(7.23m/1.89m) = -4.24dB/doubling, 3) Calculate the chirp level at 1 meter from the loudspeaker by first finding twice the distance relative to 1m for the closest microphone, OneMeterDoublings = log2(1.89m) = 0.918doublings, now using L1m = 82.0dB SPL -(0.918doublings)*(-4.24dB/doublings) = 85.9dB SPL calculates the chirp level at 1m, 4) calculates the sensitivity of the loudspeaker, L sens,spkr = 85.9dB SPL -20.98dBu-(-20.27dB)-29.64dB-(-19.1dB)+11.25dBu=85.9dB SPL , 5) calculates twice the distance DP from 1 meter to the listener, OneMeterDoublings=log2(11.92m)=3.575doublings, 6) calculates the required level at 1 meter from the loudspeaker using L 1m = 72dB SPL -(3.575doublings)*(-4.236dB/doubling)=87.15dB SPL . Finally, the DSP output gain required to produce this level is calculated, G dsp,out = 87.15dB SPL - 85.9dB SPL - 20.98dBu - 29.64dB - (-19.1dB) + 11.25dBu = -19.01dB. In this example, the chirp is measured as 72.0dB SPL at 11.92 meters from the loudspeaker using a DSP output gain of -20.27dB, so the calculated output gain in this example differs from the actual gain by (20.27-19.01) = 1.26dB.
该ç¨åºåºäºè·æªç¥çæ©é³å¨1.89må7.23m夿µéçå个åå¾ï¼è®¡ç®åºè§å®çDSPè¾åºå¢ç为-19.0dBï¼ä»¥å¨è·æ©é³å¨11.9ç±³å¤å®ç°72.0dBSPLçSPLæ°´å¹³ï¼å¹¶ä¸è¯¥è®¡ç®çå¢çåºäºä½äºä¸¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£çèå´ä¹å¤ç11.9må¤çå®é æµé水平误差æ¯1.26dBã妿æéçDSPèµæºä» å 许æé¡ºåºä¸æ¬¡æµéå¨ä¸ä¸ªéº¦å é£å¤çæ°´å¹³ï¼åå¿ é¡»ä»¥ä¸åçæ¹å¼è®¡ç®æ°´å¹³å·®(L1-L2)ãå¦æå¯¹äºæ¯ä¸ªéº¦å é£ï¼å¢å æµè¯ä¿¡å·ç´å°è¾¾å°ææçSPLæ°´å¹³ï¼ç¶åè®°å½æéçSPLæ°´å¹³åè¾åºå¢çï¼ådB水平差æ¯ï¼dBdiffï¼(L1-GdBout1)-(L2-GdBout2)ãå½éº¦å é£1æ¯éº¦å é£2æ´é è¿æ¬å£°å¨æ¶ï¼è¯¥dBdiffå°æ¯æ£å¼ãé常L1åL2å°æ¯ç¸åçï¼ä½æ¯æ´è¿ç麦å é£å°éè¦æ´ä½çè¾åºå¢ç以å®ç°ä¸¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£ç¸åçSPLæ°´å¹³ï¼å æ¤GdBout1å°æ´ä½ï¼ä»è使dBdiff为æ£å¼ãThe program calculates a prescribed DSP output gain of -19.0 dB to achieve an SPL level of 72.0 dB SPL at 11.9 meters from the loudspeaker based on single chirps measured at 1.89 m and 7.23 m from the unknown loudspeaker, and the calculated gain is 1.26 dB error based on the actual measured level at 11.9 m, which is out of range of both microphones. If limited DSP resources allow only one microphone at a time to be measured in sequence, the level difference (L1-L2) must be calculated differently. If for each microphone, the test signal is increased until the desired SPL level is reached, and then the desired SPL level and output gain are recorded, the dB level difference is: dB diff = (L1-G dBout1 )-(L2-G dBout2 ). This dB diff will be positive when microphone 1 is closer to the loudspeaker than microphone 2. Normally L1 and L2 will be the same, but the closer microphone will need a lower output gain to achieve the same SPL level for both microphones, so Gd Bout1 will be lower, making dB diff a positive value.
å¨å¦ä¸ç¤ºä¾ä¸ï¼å»ºç«è¾å ¥éº¦å é£å¢çæ°´å¹³å¯ä»¥å æ¬ï¼å¦æéº¦å é£å ·æå·²ç¥çè¾å ¥çµæåº¦ï¼åå¯ä»¥é对æä½³å¨æèå´è®¾ç½®å æ¬æ¨¡æåç½®æ¾å¤§å¨å¢ççDSPè¾å ¥å¢çãä¾å¦ï¼å¦æå¨æ¿é´ä¸éº¦å é£ä½ç½®å¤ææçæå¤§å£°å级æ¯100dB SPLï¼åå¯ä»¥å°å¢ç设置为100dBSPLï¼å¹¶ä¸è¿å°æä¾æ»¡å»åº¦å¼ã妿è¾å ¥å¢ç被设置å¾å¤ªé«ï¼åå¨åç½®æ¾å¤§å¨æA/D转æ¢å¨ä¸å¯è½åçåæ³¢ã妿è¾å ¥å¢ç被设置å¾å¤ªä½ï¼åå°äº§ç弱信å·åè¿å¤åªå£°(å èªå¨å¢çæ§å¶(AGC)è失ç)ãIn another example, establishing the input microphone gain level may include: If the microphone has a known input sensitivity, the DSP input gain including the analog preamplifier gain may be set for the best dynamic range. For example, if the maximum sound pressure level expected at the microphone location in the room is 100dB SPL, the gain may be set to 100dB SPL and this will provide a full scale value. If the input gain is set too high, clipping may occur in the preamplifier or A/D converter. If the input gain is set too low, a weak signal and excessive noise (distortion due to automatic gain control (AGC)) will result.
å¦æéº¦å é£ä¸å ·æå·²ç¥çè¾å ¥çµæåº¦ï¼åå¯ä»¥ä½¿ç¨æ¥èªæé è¿æ¯ä¸ªéº¦å é£è¾å ¥çæ©é³å¨çåå¾ååºä¿¡å·æ°´å¹³åæ¶é´å·®(TOF)ä¿¡æ¯æ¥ä¼°è®¡éº¦å é£çµæåº¦ãå¦æéº¦å é£ä¸å ·æå ¨åæ¾å模å¼ï¼ä»¥åç±äºéº¦å é£çæªç¥é¢çååºå¼èµ·çå ¶ä»å½±åï¼å该估计å°å ·ææ¥èªæ©é³å¨çæªç¥ç¦»è½´è¡°åå/æéº¦å é£çæªç¥ç¦»è½´è¡°åç误差ãIf the microphones do not have known input sensitivities, the chirp response signal levels and time difference (TOF) information from the loudspeakers closest to each microphone input can be used to estimate the microphone sensitivity. This estimate will have errors from the unknown off-axis attenuation of the loudspeakers and/or the unknown off-axis attenuation of the microphones if the microphones do not have omnidirectional pickup patterns, as well as other effects due to the unknown frequency response of the microphones.
å¨ç¡®å®æ©é³å¨åè¡¡æ¶ï¼çæ³å°ï¼æ¯ä¸ªæ©é³å¨å°è¢«åè¡¡ï¼ä»¥è¡¥å¿å ¶é¢çååºä¸è§åæ§ä»¥åéè¿è¡¨é¢å¯¹ä½é¢çå¢å¼ºãå¦æéº¦å é£çé¢çååºæ¯å·²ç¥çï¼åå¯ä»¥å¨åå»éº¦å é£çå·²ç¥ååºä¹åç»ç±åå¾å»å·ç§¯æ¥æµéæ¯ä¸ªæ©é³å¨ååºãæ¤å¤ï¼å¦ææ©é³å¨å ·æå·²ç¥çé¢çååºï¼ååªææ¿é´çååºå¯ä»¥è¢«ç¡®å®ãå ¶åå æ¯å 为æ¿é´ä¸ç表é¢åå°å¯ä»¥å¨ææµéçååºä¸å¼èµ·æ¢³ç¶æ»¤æ³¢ï¼è¿æ¯ä¸ææçãæ¢³ç¶æ»¤æ³¢æ¯ä¸ç§æ¶åç°è±¡ï¼ä¸è½ç¨é¢åæ»¤æ³¢æ¥æ ¡æ£ãå¿ é¡»èè对èå²ååºä¸ç表é¢åå°çæ£æµï¼ä»¥ä¾¿å¦æå¯ä»¥æ£æµå°å¨æ¶é´ä¸æ´ä¹ è¿ç主è¦åå°ï¼åå¯ä»¥å¯¹å®ä»¬è¿è¡èå²ååºçå¼çªå£(windowedï¼out)ï¼ä»èå°å®ä»¬ä»ç¨äºå¯¼åºDSP滤波å¨çé¢çååºä¸å»é¤ãWhen determining loudspeaker equalization, ideally each loudspeaker would be equalized to compensate for its frequency response irregularities and the enhancement of low frequencies by nearby surfaces. If the frequency response of the microphones is known, each loudspeaker response can be measured via chirp deconvolution after subtracting the known response of the microphones. Furthermore, if the loudspeakers have known frequency responses, only the response of the room can be determined. The reason for this is because surface reflections in the room can cause comb filtering in the measured response, which is undesirable. Comb filtering is a time domain phenomenon and cannot be corrected with frequency domain filtering. The detection of surface reflections in the impulse response must be taken into account so that if major reflections further back in time can be detected, they can be windowed-out of the impulse response, thereby removing them from the frequency response used to derive the DSP filter.
å¦æéº¦å é£çé¢çååºæ¯æªç¥çï¼åé¢çååºæµéä¸è½åºåç±æ©é³å¨å¼èµ·çä¸è§åæ§åç±éº¦å é£å¼èµ·çä¸è§åæ§ã妿ååºæªç¥éº¦å é£åæ©é³å¨çé¢çååºå¹¶ä¸å°æææ ¡æ£åºç¨äºæ©é³å¨è¾åºè·¯å¾ï¼å麦å é£ä¸ç缺é·å°é对æ©é³å¨è¢«è¿åº¦æ ¡æ£ï¼å¹¶ä¸å¨æ¥èªè¿ä¾§æ¬å£°å¨çé³é¢åç°æé´ä¸ºæ¿é´çè¿ä¾§çæ¶å¬è æä¾å·®ç声é³ã类似å°ï¼å¦æå°æææ ¡æ£åºç¨äºéº¦å é£è¾å ¥è·¯å¾ï¼åæ©é³å¨ä¸ç缺é·å°é对麦å é£è¢«è¿åº¦æ ¡æ£ï¼å¹¶ä¸å°ä¸ºä½äºè¿ä¾§æ¬å£°å¨çè¿ç«¯çæ¶å¬è 产çå·®ç声é³ãâåå²å·®å¼(splitting the difference)âå¹¶ä¸å°ä¸åæ ¡æ£åºç¨äºéº¦å é£è¾å ¥å¹¶ä¸å°ä¸ååºç¨äºæ©é³å¨è¾åºæ¯ä¸å¯è¡ççç¥ï¼å¹¶ä¸ä¸å¤ªå¯è½äº§çè¯å¥½ç声é³ãIf the frequency response of the microphone is unknown, the frequency response measurement cannot distinguish between irregularities caused by the loudspeaker and irregularities caused by the microphone. If the frequency response of the unknown microphone and loudspeaker is made and all corrections are applied to the loudspeaker output path, then imperfections in the microphone will be overcorrected for the loudspeaker and provide poor sound for the listener on the far side of the room during the audio presentation from the far side speaker. Similarly, if all corrections are applied to the microphone input path, imperfections in the loudspeaker will be overcorrected for the microphone and will produce poor sound for the listener located far from the near side speaker. "Splitting the difference" and applying half of the correction to the microphone input and half to the loudspeaker output is an unworkable strategy and is unlikely to produce good sound.
å°ä½¿ç¨æ åæ é岿¿ååº(IIR)忰弿»¤æ³¢å¨è¿è¡åè¡¡ãæé岿¿ååº(FIR)滤波å¨å°ä¸å¤ªéç¨äºæ¬ç³è¯·ï¼å 为å®ä»¬å ·æçº¿æ§è䏿¯å¯¹æ°æåé¢å¸¦é¢çå辨çï¼è¿å¯è½éè¦é常å¤ç忥头ç¨äºä½é¢æ»¤æ³¢å¨ï¼å¹¶ä¸å½(ä¸ä¸ªæ·å¤ä¸ª)ç¡®åæ¶å¬ä½ç½®æªç¥æ¶ï¼æé岿¿ååº(FIR)滤波å¨å°ä¸å¤ªéç¨ãéè¿âåæ»¤æ³¢âæ¥ç¡®å®IIR滤波å¨ï¼ä½¿å¾ææµéçå¹ åº¦ååºçåæ°è¢«ç¨ä½ç®æ 以âæä½³éé â级èç忰弿»¤æ³¢å¨ãå®é éå¶å¨äºèªå¨å衡滤波å¨å°æ ¡æ£ååºçç¨åº¦(dB)åè·ç¦»/宽度/çªåº¦(Hz)ãå·²ç¥ç±å滤波è¿è¡çæ¥èªèå²ååºçé¢çååºæ ¡æ£å¯¹äºæºåæ¶å¬è ä½ç½®æ¯ç²¾ç¡®çãå 为麦å é£ä½ç½®æ¯å¯ä¸å·²ç¥çå¼ï¼ä¸ºäºä½¿æ¯ä¸ªæ©é³å¨å¨æææ¶å¬ä½ç½®é½æè¯å¥½ç声é³ï¼æä»¥å°å¯¹é¢çååºæ§è¡æ´ä½æ±å¹³åï¼ä½¿å¾å¨æä¸ªåé¢å¸¦å¹³æ»è¢«åºç¨ä¹åï¼ç±æ©é³å¨æ¾åçæ¥èªææéº¦å é£çååºå°è¢«ä¸èµ·æ±å¹³åã该ç¨åºå¯¹å®è£ è æ¯éæçï¼å 为å¯ä»¥ä½¿ç¨å个æ©é³å¨åå¾åæ¶è®°å½æ¥èªææéº¦å é£çååºãStandard infinite impulse response (IIR) parametric filters will be used for equalization. Finite impulse response (FIR) filters will not be suitable for this application because they have linear rather than logarithmic or octave band frequency resolution, which may require a very large number of taps for low frequency filters, and when the exact listening position (one or more) is unknown, the finite impulse response (FIR) filter will not be suitable. The IIR filter is determined by "inverse filtering" so that the inverse of the measured amplitude response is used as a target to "best fit" the cascaded parametric filter. The actual limitation is the degree (dB) and distance/width/narrowness (Hz) of the response that the automatic equalization filter will correct. It is known that the frequency response correction from the impulse response performed by inverse filtering is accurate for the source and listener position. Because the microphone position is the only known value, in order to make each loudspeaker have a good sound at all listening positions, the frequency response will be averaged overall so that after a certain octave band smoothing is applied, the response from all microphones picked up by the loudspeaker will be averaged together. The procedure is transparent to the installer, as a single loudspeaker chirp can be used to simultaneously record responses from all microphones.
ä¸ä¸ªç¤ºä¾å¯ä»¥å æ¬éº¦å é£åè¡¡ç¨åºï¼å½éº¦å é£é¢çååºæªç¥æ¶ï¼å¯¹æªç¥æ©é³å¨çåè¡¡æ¯ä¸å®é çå¹¶ä¸ä¸åºè¯¥è¢«å°è¯ï¼å æ¤æªç¥éº¦å é£çé¢çååºä¸è½è¢«ç¡®å®ãç¶èï¼å¦ææ©é³å¨é¢çååºæ¯å·²ç¥çï¼å对æªç¥éº¦å é£ç麦å é£åè¡¡æ¯å¯è½çãç»ç±åå¾å»å·ç§¯ç麦å é£åè¡¡å¤çå°å©ç¨åå¨å¨åºä»¶ä¸çæ©é³å¨çå·²ç¥ååºï¼è¯¥å·²ç¥ååºå°è¢«åå»ä»¥å¾å°éº¦å é£çååºãåºè¯¥é对æ¯ä¸ªæ©é³å¨éå¤è¯¥è¿ç¨ï¼ä½¿å¾å¯ä»¥å°æ´ä½æ±å¹³ååºç¨äºæµéçé¢çååºãå°éè¿æ©é³å¨åè¡¡ä¸æè¿°çåæ»¤æ³¢æ¹æ³æ¥ç¡®å®æ¯ä¸ªéº¦å é£çåè¡¡å¨è®¾ç½®ãOne example may include a microphone equalization routine, where equalization for an unknown microphone is not practical and should not be attempted when the microphone frequency response is unknown, and thus the frequency response of the unknown microphone cannot be determined. However, if the microphone frequency response is known, microphone equalization for an unknown microphone is possible. The microphone equalization process via chirp deconvolution will utilize the known response of the microphone stored in the firmware, which will be subtracted to obtain the response of the microphone. This process should be repeated for each microphone so that overall averaging can be applied to the measured frequency response. The equalizer settings for each microphone will be determined by the inverse filtering method described in microphone equalization.
䏿¦æ©é³å¨å麦å 飿°´å¹³è¢«è®¾ç½®å¹¶ä¸é¢çååºä¸è§åæ§è¢«åè¡¡ï¼åå¯ä»¥åºäºæ¿é´çRT60æµéæ¥è®¾ç½®æ¬å£°å¨å¼åæ°´å¹³ãå¯ä»¥éè¿è®¡ç®èå²çSchroederéç§¯åæ¥è·å¾æ··åæ¶é´(RT60)ï¼å¹¶ä¸RT60æ¯å£°é³å¨å ·ææ©æ£å£°åºç空é´ä¸è¡°å60dBæè±è´¹çæ¶é´çæµéï¼è¿æå³çæ¿é´è¶³å¤å¤§ï¼ä½¿å¾æ¥èªæºçåå°ä»¥ç¸åçæ°´å¹³ååºè½éä»æææ¹åå°è¾¾éº¦å é£ã䏿¦(ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ª)RT60弿¯å·²ç¥çï¼åå¯ä»¥è®¾ç½®NLPæ°´å¹³ï¼å ¶ä¸ï¼å½æ··å尾鍿¯AECçææå°¾é¨é¿åº¦é¿æ¶ï¼ä½¿ç¨é常æ´ç§¯æçNLP设置ãOnce the loudspeaker and microphone levels are set and the frequency response irregularities are equalized, the speaker values and levels can be set based on the RT60 measurement of the room. The reverberation time (RT60) can be obtained by calculating the Schroeder inverse integral of the impulse, and RT60 is a measure of the time it takes for a sound to decay by 60 dB in a space with a diffuse sound field, meaning that the room is large enough that reflections from the source respond with the same level of energy reaching the microphone from all directions. Once the RT60 value(s) are known, the NLP level can be set, with a generally more aggressive NLP setting being used when the reverberation tail is longer than the effective tail length of the AEC.
å¦ä¸ç¤ºä¾å¯ä»¥å æ¬è®¾ç½®è¾åºéå¶å¨ã妿åçæ¾å¤§å¨å¢çæ¯å·²ç¥ç并䏿©é³å¨åçè¯çº§æ¯å·²ç¥çï¼åå¯ä»¥è®¾ç½®DSPè¾åºéå¶å¨ä»¥ä¿æ¤æ©é³å¨ãå¦å¤ï¼å¦ææ©é³å¨çµæåº¦æ¯å·²ç¥çï¼åéå¶å¨å¯ä»¥è¿ä¸æ¥åå°æå¤§ä¿¡å·æ°´å¹³ï¼ä»¥ä¿æ¤æ¶å¬è å åè¿å¤§ç声级çå½±åã对äºå¤§å¤æ°ç®¡çåæ¥è¯´ï¼ä¿æåçå¢ç/çµæåº¦çå¢çå¼ä¿¡æ¯å类似记å½ä¸æ¯å¯è¡çéæ©ãæ¤å¤ï¼å³ä½¿å¢ç弿¯å·²ç¥çï¼ä½æ¯æ¬å£°å¨æ¯è¢«é误æ¥çº¿/é误é ç½®çï¼ä¾å¦æ¡¥æ¥æ¥çº¿ä¸æ£ç¡®çæ åµï¼åå¢çå°æ¯ä¸æ£ç¡®çå¹¶ä¸å¯¼è´ä¸æ£ç¡®çåçéå¶è®¾ç½®ãå æ¤ï¼SPLéå¶æ¯æ´è¢«ææçæä½ãAnother example may include setting an output limiter. If the power amplifier gain is known and the loudspeaker power rating is known, a DSP output limiter may be set to protect the loudspeaker. Additionally, if the loudspeaker sensitivity is known, the limiter may further reduce the maximum signal level to protect the listener from excessive sound levels. For most administrators, maintaining gain value information and similar records of power gain/sensitivity is not a viable option. Furthermore, even if the gain value is known, but the loudspeaker is miswired/misconfigured, such as in the case of incorrect bridge wiring, the gain will be incorrect and result in an incorrect power limit setting. Therefore, SPL limiting is a more desirable operation.
æ ¹æ®éå ç示ä¾å®æ½ä¾ï¼æµéä¼è®®å®¤çè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦è¯çº§(SIR)å¯ä»¥å æ¬æµéæ¿é´ä¸ä¸ä¸ªè¯é³æºå°ä¸ä¸ªæ¶å¬è ä½ç½®çè¯é³ä¼ è¾ææ°(STI)ãæ¿ä»£å°ï¼ä¹å¯ä»¥æ£æ¥å¤ä¸ªè¯é³æº(ä¾å¦ï¼å¤©è±æ¿æ¬å£°å¨)åæ¿é´å¨å´çå¤ä¸ªæ¶å¬ä½ç½®ä»¥è¯å«æä½³STIå对åºçSIRãæ¤å¤ï¼ä¼è®®æ å½¢ä¸çè¯é³æºå¯ä»¥æ¯è¿ç¨çï¼å ¶ä¸è¿ç¨éº¦å é£ãè¿ç¨æ¿é´åä¼ è¾å£°éé½å¯è½å½±åæ¶å¬è çè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦ä½éªãå¨é常å°åæ¶ä½¿ç¨å¤ä¸ªæ©é³å¨çä¼è®®å®¤ä¸ï¼åºè¯¥å¨åæ¶ææ¾ææâè¯é³ä¼è®®âæ¬å£°å¨çæ åµä¸æµéSTIãè¯é³ä¼è®®æ¬å£°å¨æç¤ºå¨ä¼è®®æé´é叏伿å¼çæææ¬å£°å¨ï¼èä¸ç¨äºé³ä¹åæ¾çæææ¬å£°å¨å°è¢«å ³éãåå æ¯æ¶å¬è é叏忶æ¶å¬æ¥èªææè¯é³ä¼è®®æ¬å£°å¨çè¯é³ï¼å æ¤è¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦å°åå°æææ¬å£°å¨çå½±åï¼å æ¤è¯çº§åºå¨ææè¯é³ä¼è®®æ¬å£°å¨é½å¤äºæ¿æ´»ç¶ææ¶è¿è¡æµéãä¸å个æ©é³å¨ç¸æ¯ï¼å¨ææè¯é³ä¼è®®æ©é³å¨é½å¼å¯çæ åµä¸æµéçSTIå¯è½æ´å¥½ï¼ä¹å¯è½æ´å·®ï¼è¿åå³äºèæ¯åªå£°æ°´å¹³ãæ¿é´ä¸çå声忷·åãæ¬å£°å¨ä¹é´çé´è·çãAccording to an additional example embodiment, measuring the speech intelligibility rating (SIR) of a conference room may include measuring a speech transmission index (STI) from a speech source in the room to a listener position. Alternatively, multiple speech sources (e.g., ceiling speakers) and multiple listening positions around the room may also be checked to identify the best STI and corresponding SIR. In addition, the speech source in a conference situation may be remote, where the remote microphone, remote room, and transmission channel may all affect the listener's speech intelligibility experience. In a conference room where multiple loudspeakers will typically be used simultaneously, the STI should be measured with all "voice conference" loudspeakers playing simultaneously. The voice conference loudspeakers indicate all loudspeakers that are typically turned on during a meeting, while all loudspeakers dedicated to music playback will be turned off. The reason is that the listener typically listens to the speech from all voice conference loudspeakers at the same time, so the speech intelligibility will be affected by all loudspeakers, so the rating should be measured when all voice conference loudspeakers are activated. Compared to a single loudspeaker, the STI measured with all voice conference loudspeakers turned on may be better or worse, depending on the background noise level, echo and reverberation in the room, the spacing between the loudspeakers, etc.
èªå¨è°è°è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥ä½¿ç¨æ¥èªä¼è®®ç³»ç»ç麦å é£èä¸ä½¿ç¨éå çæµé麦å é£ï¼å æ¤æè·å¾çSTIæµéå¼å¯ä»¥æ¯æ¾ç½®å¨æ¶å¬è çç¡®åè³æµä½ç½®å¤çæµé麦å é£ççå®STIå¼ç代表ãå 为ä¼è®®å®¤å ·æè¥å¹²æ¶å¬è ä½ç½®ï¼å¹¶ä¸å¯ä»¥å ·æè¥å¹²ä¼è®®éº¦å é£ï¼æä»¥å°éè¿å¨ææâNâ个麦å é£å¤åæ¶æ§è¡æµéï¼è®¡ç®âNâ个STIå¼ï¼ç¶å对è¿äºå¼æ±å¹³å以ç»åºå个æ¿é´å个STI弿¥è·å¾æä½³STIè¯çº§ãè¿å°æ¯å¨ææä¼è®®éº¦å é£ä½ç½®å¤ææµéçå¹³åSTIå¼ï¼è¯¥å¹³åSTI弿¯å¨æææ¶å¬è ä½ç½®å¤çå¹³åSTIå¼ç代表ãèªå¨è°è°ç¨åºè¢«è®¾è®¡æä¸æ¬¡ä¸ä¸ªå°é¡ºåºéè¿æ¯ä¸ªè¾åºæ¬å£°å¨åºåå¹¶ä¸åæ¶æµéææéº¦å é£ã宿¶STIåæå¨ä»»å¡æ¯DSPå¯éåçï¼å¹¶ä¸ä¸æ¬¡åªè½æµéå个麦å é£è¾å ¥ãå æ¤ï¼è¿å¯¹æµéâNâ个麦å é£å¤çSTIå¼å¹¶ä¸æ±å¹³å弿åºäºå®é éå¶ãå¯¹äºæç²¾ç¡®çSTIå¼ï¼åºè¯¥åæ¶ææ¾ææçè¯é³ä¼è®®æ¬å£°å¨ãå æ¤ï¼å¨èªå¨è°è°è¿ç¨ä¸å¯è½éè¦æäºçç¥æ¥æµéå¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£å¤çSTIãThe automatic tuning process can use the microphone from the conference system without using an additional measurement microphone, so the STI measurement value obtained can be a representative of the true STI value of the measurement microphone placed at the exact ear position of the listener. Because the conference room has several listener positions and can have several conference microphones, the best STI rating will be obtained by performing measurements at all 'N' microphones simultaneously, calculating 'N' STI values, and then averaging these values to give a single STI value for a single room. This will be the average STI value measured at all conference microphone positions, which is a representative of the average STI value at all listener positions. The automatic tuning program is designed to pass through each output speaker zone one at a time and measure all microphones simultaneously. The real-time STI analyzer task is DSP-intensive and can only measure a single microphone input at a time. Therefore, this places practical limitations on measuring the STI values at 'N' microphones and averaging. For the most accurate STI value, all voice conference speakers should be played simultaneously. Therefore, some strategies may be needed to measure the STI at multiple microphones during the automatic tuning process.
ä¸ç§çç¥å¯ä»¥å æ¬è½ç¶æææ¬å£°å¨é½ææ¾STIä¿¡å·ï¼ä½æ¯ä» å¨ç¬¬ä¸æ¬å£°å¨è¿ä»£æé´æµéSTIï¼å¹¶ä¸ä½¿ç¨ç¬¬ä¸éº¦å é£è¿è¡æµéãå¦ä¸ç§æ¹å¼æ¯ä½¿ç¨è¢«ç¡®å®ä¸ºä½äºä¸é´ä½ç½®ç麦å é£è¿è¡æµéï¼è¯¥ä¸é´ä½ç½®ç±å¨IRç计ç®ä¸ææµéçæ¬å£°å¨å°éº¦å é£çè·ç¦»ç¡®å®ãå¦ä¸ç§æ¹å¼æ¯ï¼å¯¹äºæ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨åºåè¿ä»£ï¼æµéå¨ä¸ä¸ä¸ªéº¦éº¦å é£è¾å ¥ä¸çSTIï¼ä½¿å¾å¯ä»¥å¯¹å¤ä¸ªSTIæµé弿±å¹³åã该æ¹å¼å ·æç¼ºç¹ï¼ä¾å¦å¦æåªæä¸ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨åºåï¼ååªæç¬¬ä¸éº¦å é£è¢«æµéã妿æ¬å£°å¨åºåæ¯éº¦å é£å°ï¼åè¿å¯è½éè¿ä½äºä¸é´ç麦å é£ï¼å¹¶ä¸æä½è¯¥æ¹å¼çæ¶é´æé¿ãOne strategy may include measuring the STI only during the first speaker iteration, with the first microphone being used for the measurement, although all speakers play the STI signal. Another approach is to use a microphone determined to be in a middle position for the measurement, where the middle position is determined by the speaker-to-microphone distance measured in the calculation of the IR. Another approach is to measure the STI on the next microphone input for each speaker zone iteration, so that multiple STI measurements can be averaged. This approach has disadvantages, for example if there is only one speaker zone, only the first microphone is measured. If there are fewer speaker zones than microphones, this may miss the microphone in the middle, and this approach takes the longest time to operate.
è¿åºå½æ³¨æï¼STIå¼é常被ç解为表示该æ¿é´ä¸çè¯é³ä¼ è¾è´¨éã对äºè¿ç¨ä¼è®®ç³»ç»ï¼æ¶å¬è ä½éªçè¯é³ä¼ è¾è´¨éå ·æä¸ä¸ªåéï¼æ©é³å¨åä»/她æåçæ¿é´çSTIãçµåä¼ è¾å£°éçSTI以åè¿ç«¯éº¦å é£åæ¿é´çSTIãå æ¤ï¼éè¿èªå¨è°è°ç¨åºè®¡ç®çSTIå¼ä» ä» æ¯æææ¶å¬è çè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦ä½éªçä¸ä¸ªåéä¸çä¸ä¸ªåéç代表ãç¶èï¼è¿æ ·çä¿¡æ¯ä»ç¶æ¯æç¨çï¼å 为å¯ä»¥è·å¾ç¨æ·æå®è£ è å¯ä»¥æ§å¶çè¿ç«¯ç»ä»¶çè¯åãä¾å¦ï¼ç¨æ·/å®è£ è å¯ä»¥ä½¿ç¨èªå¨è°è°STIè¯åæ¥è¯ä¼°ä½¿ç¨ä¸¤ç§ä¸å声å¦å¤ç设计对STIçç¸å¯¹æ¹è¿ãIt should also be noted that the STI value is generally understood to represent the quality of speech transmission in the room. For teleconferencing systems, the quality of speech transmission experienced by a listener has three components: the STI of the loudspeaker and the room in which he/she sits, the STI of the electronic transmission soundtrack, and the STI of the far-end microphone and room. Therefore, the STI value calculated by the automatic tuning program is only a representative of one of the three components that make up the listener's speech intelligibility experience. However, such information is still useful because scores for near-end components that the user or installer can control can be obtained. For example, a user/installer can use the automatic tuning STI score to evaluate the relative improvement in STI using two different acoustic treatment designs.
èªå¨åè¡¡ç®æ³è½å¤èªå¨å°å°ä»»ä½æ¿é´ä¸ç任使©é³å¨çé¢çååºåè¡¡å°å¯ä»¥ç±å¹³ç´çº¿å/æåæ°å¼æ²çº¿å®ä¹ç任使æçååºå½¢ç¶ãè¯¥ç®æ³æªè¢«è®¾è®¡ä¸ºå¨æ´»å¨ç¨åºé³é¢äºä»¶æé´å®æ¶è¿è¡ï¼èæ¯è¢«è®¾è®¡ä¸ºå¨ç³»ç»è®¾ç½®ç¨åºæé´å®æ¶è¿è¡ãè¯¥ç®æ³ä» èèå¹¶ä¸å衡对æ°å¹ 度é¢çååº(åè´å¯¹é¢ç)ï¼èä¸è¯å¾åè¡¡ç¸ä½ãè¯¥ç®æ³åºæ¬ä¸è®¾è®¡äºä¸ç»æä½³æ»¤æ³¢å¨ï¼è¿äºæ»¤æ³¢å¨çé¢çååºä¸ææµéçååºçåæ°é常å¹é ï¼ä»¥ä¾¿ä½¿å ¶åå¹³æä½¿å ¶éå¡ä¸ºæä¸ªå ¶ä»ææçååºãè¯¥ç®æ³ä» 使ç¨éå½¢(ååæåæåæ°å¼æ»¤æ³¢å¨)ãä½éæé«éç±»åçå-åäºé¶IIR滤波å¨ãå¯ä»¥ä½¿ç¨FIR滤波å¨ï¼ä½æ¯éæ©IIRæ»¤æ³¢å¨æ¯å 为å®ä»¬çè®¡ç®æçãæ´å¥½çä½é¢å辨çï¼å¹¶ä¸æ´éåäºå¨æ¿é´ä¸çå®½å¹¿çæ¶å¬åºåè¿è¡ç©ºé´å¹³åæåè¡¡ãThe automatic equalization algorithm is able to automatically equalize the frequency response of any loudspeaker in any room to any desired response shape that can be defined by a flat line and/or a parametric curve. The algorithm is not designed to run in real time during an active program audio event, but is designed to run in real time during a system setup procedure. The algorithm only considers and equalizes the logarithmic magnitude frequency response (decibels versus frequency) without attempting to equalize the phase. The algorithm basically designs a set of optimal filters whose frequency responses closely match the inverse of the measured response in order to flatten it or reshape it to some other desired response. The algorithm uses only single-biquad IIR filters of the bell-shaped (boosted or cut-off parametric filters), low-pass or high-pass type. FIR filters can be used, but IIR filters are selected because of their computational efficiency, better low-frequency resolution, and are more suitable for spatial averaging or equalization over a wide listening area in a room.
彿§è¡åè¡¡è¿ç¨æ¶ï¼é¦å è¯å«ææçç®æ é¢çååºãé常ï¼è¿å°æ¯å ·æä½é¢æ»éåé«é¢æ»éçå¹³å¦ååºï¼ä»¥é¿å 该è¿ç¨è®¾è®¡å°å°è¯å®ç°æ¥èªé颿©é³å¨çä¸å¯å®ç°ç»æç滤波å¨ç»ãç®æ ä¸é¢å¸¦ååºä¸å¿ æ¯å¹³å¦çï¼å¹¶ä¸è¯¥è¿ç¨å 许以åäºé¶æ»¤æ³¢å¨éµåå½¢å¼çä»»ä½ä»»æç®æ é¢çååºã该è¿ç¨è¿å è®¸ç¨æ·å¯¹è¦åºç¨çæ»DSP滤波å¨ç»è®¾ç½®æå¤§dBååæåææéå¼ãWhen performing the equalization process, the desired target frequency response is first identified. Typically, this will be a flat response with low frequency roll-off and high frequency roll-off to avoid the process designing a filter bank that will try to achieve an unachievable result from a limited frequency loudspeaker. The target mid-band response does not have to be flat, and the process allows for any arbitrary target frequency response in the form of a biquad filter array. The process also allows the user to set a maximum dB boost or cutoff limit on the total DSP filter bank to be applied.
å¾6A示åºäºç¨äºä¸ºé³é¢ç³»ç»æ§è¡èªå¨è°è°ç¨åºçè¿ç¨ãåèå¾6Aï¼è¯¥è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥å æ¬è¯å«ç±æ§å¶å¨æ§å¶çç½ç»ä¸çå¤ä¸ªåç¦»çæ¬å£°å¨612ï¼åç¬¬ä¸æ¬å£°å¨æä¾ç¬¬ä¸æµè¯ä¿¡å·å¹¶ä¸åç¬¬äºæ¬å£°å¨æä¾ç¬¬äºæµè¯ä¿¡å·614ï¼æ£æµç±æ§å¶å¨æ§å¶çä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£å¤çç¬¬ä¸æµè¯ä¿¡å·åç¬¬äºæµè¯ä¿¡å·ï¼ä»¥ååºäºå¯¹ä¸åæµè¯ä¿¡å·çåæèªå¨å»ºç«æ¬å£°å¨è°è°è¾åºåæ°616ãè°è°åæ°å¯ä»¥è¢«åºç¨äºæ°åDSPåæ°éï¼è¯¥æ°åDSPåæ°é被åºç¨äºé³é¢ç¯å¢ä¸çåç§æ¬å£°å¨å麦å é£ãFIG6A illustrates a process for performing an automatic tuning procedure for an audio system. Referring to FIG6A , the process may include identifying a plurality of separate speakers on a network controlled by a controller 612, providing a first test signal to a first speaker and providing a second test signal to a second speaker 614, detecting the first test signal and the second test signal at one or more microphones controlled by the controller, and automatically establishing speaker tuning output parameters based on analysis of the different test signals 616. The tuning parameters may be applied to a digital DSP parameter set that is applied to various speakers and microphones in an audio environment.
ç¬¬ä¸æµè¯ä¿¡å·å¯ä»¥ä¸ç¬¬äºæµè¯ä¿¡å·çé¢çä¸åãå¯ä»¥å¨ç¬¬ä¸æ¶é´æä¾ç¬¬ä¸æµè¯ä¿¡å·ï¼å¹¶ä¸å¯ä»¥å¨æ¯ç¬¬ä¸æ¶é´æçç¬¬äºæ¶é´æä¾ç¬¬äºæµè¯ä¿¡å·ã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬éè¿ç»ç±ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªéº¦å 飿µéç¯å¢åªå£°æ°´å¹³ï¼åºäºå¯¹ä¸åæµè¯ä¿¡å·çåæèªå¨å»ºç«æ¬å£°å¨è°è°è¾åºåæ°ï¼åºäºç¬¬ä¸æµè¯ä¿¡å·åç¬¬äºæµè¯ä¿¡å·ç¡®å®èå²ååºï¼ä»¥ååºäºèå²ååºåç¯å¢åªå£°æ°´å¹³ç¡®å®ç¬¬ä¸æ¬å£°å¨åç¬¬äºæ¬å£°å¨ä½¿ç¨çæ¬å£°å¨è¾åºæ°´å¹³ã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬åºäºç¬¬ä¸æ¬å£°å¨åç¬¬äºæ¬å£°å¨çè¾åºç¡®å®é¢çååºï¼å¯¹ä¸ç¬¬ä¸æµè¯ä¿¡å·åç¬¬äºæµè¯ä¿¡å·ç¸å ³èç弿±å¹³å以è·å¾ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£çå¹³å声å级(SPL)ãè·ææä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£çå¹³åè·ç¦»ä»¥åä»ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªéº¦å 飿µéçå¹³åé¢çååºä¸çä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬å¯å¨ä½ä¸ºéå¯¹ç¬¬ä¸æ¬å£°å¨åç¬¬äºæ¬å£°å¨ä¸çæ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ç»§ç»çè¿ä»£ç¨åºçéªè¯ç¨åºã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬æ§è¡èªå¨åè¡¡ç¨åºï¼ä»¥è¯å«ç¬¬ä¸æ¬å£°å¨åç¬¬äºæ¬å£°å¨å¯¹æææçååºå½¢ç¶çé¢çååºï¼å¹¶ä¸è¯å«å ·æä¸ææµéçé¢çååºçåæ°é常å¹é çé¢çååºçä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæä½³æ»¤æ³¢å¨ãThe first test signal may be at a different frequency than the second test signal. The first test signal may be provided at a first time, and the second test signal may be provided at a second time later than the first time. The process may also include automatically establishing speaker tuning output parameters based on analysis of different test signals by measuring ambient noise levels via one or more microphones, determining impulse responses based on the first test signal and the second test signal, and determining speaker output levels used by the first speaker and the second speaker based on the impulse responses and the ambient noise level. The process may also include determining a frequency response based on the output of the first speaker and the second speaker, averaging the values associated with the first test signal and the second test signal to obtain one or more of an average sound pressure level (SPL) of one or more microphones, an average distance from all one or more microphones, and an average frequency response measured from one or more microphones. The process may also include initiating a verification procedure that is an iterative procedure that continues for each of the first speaker and the second speaker. The process may also include executing an automatic equalization procedure to identify the frequency response of the first speaker and the second speaker to a desired response shape, and identifying one or more optimal filters having a frequency response that closely matches the inverse of the measured frequency response.
å¾6B示åºäºç¨äºä¸ºé³é¢ç³»ç»æ§è¡èªå¨è°è°ç¨åºçè¿ç¨ãåèå¾6Bï¼è¯¥è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥å æ¬å¨ç¹å®æ¿é´ç¯å¢ä¸è¯å«ç±æ§å¶å¨æ§å¶çç½ç»ä¸çå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨åä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£652ï¼æä¾æµè¯ä¿¡å·ä»¥ä»æ¯ä¸ªæ¾å¤§å¨å£°éåå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨é¡ºåºææ¾654ï¼åæ¶çè§æ¥èªä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£çæµè¯ä¿¡å·ä»¥æ£æµæä½æ¬å£°å¨åæ¾å¤§å¨å£°é656ï¼åå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨æä¾éå æµè¯ä¿¡å·ä»¥ç¡®å®è°è°åæ°658ï¼æ£æµç±æ§å¶å¨æ§å¶çä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£å¤çéå æµè¯ä¿¡å·662ï¼ä»¥ååºäºæ£æµå°çéå æµè¯ä¿¡å·èªå¨å»ºç«æ¿é´ç¯å¢çèæ¯åªå£°æ°´å¹³ååªå£°é¢è°±664ãFIG6B illustrates a process for performing an automatic tuning procedure for an audio system. Referring to FIG6B , the process may include identifying a plurality of speakers and one or more microphones on a network controlled by a controller in a particular room environment 652, providing a test signal to be played sequentially from each amplifier channel and the plurality of speakers 654, while monitoring the test signal from the one or more microphones to detect operating speakers and amplifier channels 656, providing additional test signals to the plurality of speakers to determine tuning parameters 658, detecting additional test signals at the one or more microphones controlled by the controller 662, and automatically establishing a background noise level and noise spectrum for the room environment based on the detected additional test signals 664.
该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬åæ¶çè§æ¥èªä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£çæµè¯ä¿¡å·ä»¥è¯å«æ¯å¦æä»»ä½æ¾å¤§å¨è¾åºå£°éæªè¢«è¿æ¥å°å¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ãéå æµè¯ä¿¡å·å¯ä»¥å æ¬å¨ç¬¬ä¸æ¶é´æä¾çç¬¬ä¸æµè¯ä¿¡å·å卿¯ç¬¬ä¸æ¶é´æçç¬¬äºæ¶é´æä¾çç¬¬äºæµè¯ä¿¡å·ã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬èªå¨å»ºç«å¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ä¸çæ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨çé¢çååºï¼ä»¥åæ¯ä¸ªæ¾å¤§å¨å£°éåå¯¹åºæ¬å£°å¨ççµæåº¦æ°´å¹³ãçµæåº¦æ°´å¹³åºäºç¹å®æ¿é´ç¯å¢çç®æ 声å级(SPL)ã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬è¯å«ä»ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£ä¸çæ¯ä¸ªéº¦å é£å°å¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ä¸çæ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨çè·ç¦»ãç¹å®æ¿é´ç¯å¢çæ¿é´æ··åæ¶é´ãç¨äºå®ç°ç®æ SPLçæ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ç声鿰´å¹³è®¾ç½®ãç¨äºå½ä¸åæ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨çé¢çååºåå®ç°ç®æ æ¿é´é¢çååºçæ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ç声éå衡设置ã对äºç¹å®æ¿é´ç¯å¢æä½³ç声å¦å声æ¶é¤åæ°ã对éä½ç±éº¦å 飿£æµå°çé对ç¹å®æ¿é´ç¯å¢çèæ¯åªå£°æä½³çéåªåæ°ä»¥åå½é对æ¿é´ç¯å¢æªæ£æµå°å£°é³æ¶å¯¹éä½ç¯å¢åªå£°æä½³çé线æ§å¤çåæ°ã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬å¯å¨ä½ä¸ºé对å¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ä¸çæ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ç»§ç»çè¿ä»£ç¨åºçéªè¯ç¨åºï¼å¹¶ä¸è¯¥éªè¯ç¨åºå æ¬åæ¬¡æ£æµç±æ§å¶å¨æ§å¶çä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£å¤çéå æµè¯ä¿¡å·ä»¥éªè¯ç®æ SPLåç®æ æ¿é´é¢çååºãThe process may also include monitoring test signals from one or more microphones simultaneously to identify whether any amplifier output channel is not connected to a plurality of speakers. The additional test signals may include a first test signal provided at a first time and a second test signal provided at a second time later than the first time. The process may also include automatically establishing a frequency response of each speaker in a plurality of speakers, and a sensitivity level of each amplifier channel and a corresponding speaker. The sensitivity level is based on a target sound pressure level (SPL) of a specific room environment. The process may also include identifying a distance from each microphone in the one or more microphones to each speaker in the plurality of speakers, a room reverberation time of a specific room environment, a channel level setting for each speaker to achieve a target SPL, a channel equalization setting for each speaker to normalize the frequency response of each speaker and achieve a target room frequency response, an acoustic echo cancellation parameter that is optimal for a specific room environment, a noise reduction parameter that is optimal for reducing background noise detected by a microphone for a specific room environment, and a nonlinear processing parameter that is optimal for reducing ambient noise when no sound is detected for a room environment. The process may also include initiating a verification procedure that continues as an iterative procedure for each of the plurality of speakers and includes again detecting additional test signals at one or more microphones controlled by the controller to verify the target SPL and target room frequency response.
å¾7示åºäºç¨äºæ§è¡èªå¨é³é¢ç³»ç»è®¾ç½®é ç½®ç示ä¾è¿ç¨ãåèå¾7ï¼è¯¥è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥å æ¬è¯å«è¿æ¥å°ç±æ§å¶å¨æ§å¶çç½ç»çå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨å麦å é£712ï¼åç¨äºæ½å æµè¯ä¿¡å·çå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨åé 忥è¾åºå¢ç714ï¼æµéä»éº¦å 飿£æµå°çç¯å¢åªå£°716ï¼åæ¶è®°å½æ¥èªææéº¦å é£çåå¾ååº718ï¼å¯¹ææåå¾ååºå»å·ç§¯ä»¥ç¡®å®å¯¹åºæ°éçèå²ååº722ï¼ä»¥åæµéæ¯ä¸ªéº¦å é£çå¹³å声å级(SPL)以åºäºSPLçå¹³åå¼è·å¾SPLæ°´å¹³724ãAn example process for performing automatic audio system setup configuration is shown in FIG7. Referring to FIG7, the process may include identifying a plurality of speakers and microphones connected to a network controlled by a controller 712, assigning preliminary output gains 714 to the plurality of speakers for applying a test signal, measuring ambient noise detected from the microphones 716, simultaneously recording chirp responses from all microphones 718, deconvolving all chirp responses to determine a corresponding number of impulse responses 722, and measuring an average sound pressure level (SPL) of each microphone to obtain an SPL level 724 based on an average of the SPLs.
æµéä»éº¦å 飿£æµå°çç¯å¢åªå£°å¯ä»¥å æ¬æ£æ¥è¿å¤åªå£°ãå¯¹äºæ¯ä¸ªéº¦å é£è¾å ¥ä¿¡å·ï¼è¯¥è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥å æ¬è¯å«ä¸»èå²å³°å¼ï¼ä»¥åè¯å«ä»å¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ä¸çä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨å°æ¯ä¸ªéº¦å é£çè·ç¦»ã该è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥å æ¬ç¡®å®æ¯ä¸ªéº¦å é£è¾å ¥ä¿¡å·çé¢çååºï¼ä»¥ååºäºé¢çååºå°è¡¥å¿å¼æ½å å°æ¯ä¸ªéº¦å é£ã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬å¯¹é¢çååºæ±å¹³å以è·å¾ç©ºé´å¹³åååºï¼ä»¥åæ§è¡å¯¹ç©ºé´å¹³åååºçèªå¨å衡以å¹é ç®æ ååºå¼ã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬åºäºSPL水平以åæè¿éº¦å é£åæè¿éº¦å é£çè·ç¦»ç¡®å®ä¸æ¿é´ç¸å ³èçè¡°åå¼ï¼ä»¥ååºäºSPLæ°´å¹³åè¡°åå¼ç¡®å®æä¾ææéº¦å é£çå¹³åè·ç¦»å¤çç®æ 声级çè¾åºå¢çãMeasuring the ambient noise detected from the microphone may include checking for excessive noise. For each microphone input signal, the process may include identifying a main pulse peak, and identifying a distance from one or more of the plurality of speakers to each microphone. The process may include determining a frequency response for each microphone input signal, and applying a compensation value to each microphone based on the frequency response. The process may also include averaging the frequency responses to obtain a spatially averaged response, and performing automatic equalization of the spatially averaged response to match a target response value. The process may also include determining an attenuation value associated with the room based on an SPL level and the distances of the nearest microphone and the farthest microphone, and determining an output gain that provides a target sound level at an average distance of all microphones based on the SPL level and the attenuation value.
å¾8示åºäºç¨äºå¯¹é³é¢ç³»ç»æ§è¡èªå¨åè¡¡ç¨åºç示ä¾è¿ç¨ãåèå¾8ï¼è¯¥è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥å æ¬ç¡®å®å¯¹ä»ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨æ£æµå°çææµéçåå¾ä¿¡å·çé¢çååº812ï¼åºäºé«æéå¼å使éå¼ç¡®å®é¢çååºçå¹³åå¼814ï¼ä»ç®æ ååºå廿æµéçååºï¼å ¶ä¸ï¼ç®æ ååºåºäºä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ»¤æ³¢å¨é¢ç816ï¼åºäºè¯¥åæ³ç»æç¡®å®å ·æå¯å¬åæ°çéé¢ç®æ 滤波å¨818ï¼ä»¥ååºäºç±éé¢ç®æ 滤波å¨å®ä¹çåºåæ¥åºç¨æ é岿¿ååº(IIR)åäºé¶æ»¤æ³¢å¨ä»¥åè¡¡ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨çé¢çååº822ãFIG8 illustrates an example process for performing an automatic equalization procedure on an audio system. Referring to FIG8 , the process may include determining a frequency response to a measured chirp signal detected from one or more speakers 812, determining an average of the frequency response based on an upper limit and a lower limit 814, subtracting the measured response from a target response, wherein the target response is based on one or more filter frequencies 816, determining a frequency-limited target filter having audible parameters based on the subtraction result 818, and applying an infinite impulse response (IIR) biquad filter based on a region defined by the frequency-limited target filter to equalize the frequency response of the one or more speakers 822.
å¹³åå¼è¢«è®¾ç½®ä¸ºé¶åè´ï¼å¹¶ä¸ç®æ ååºåºäºä¸ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªåäºé¶æ»¤æ³¢å¨ç¸å ³èçä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªé¢çãåºäºç®æ ååºç¡®å®ç®æ 滤波å¨å¯ä»¥å æ¬ç¡®å®ç®æ é¶äº¤ååç®æ 滤波å¨å¯¼æ°é¶ç¹ã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬åºäºæ£æµå°çå¹ åº¦å³°å¼æ¥éå¶ç®æ 滤波å¨çåè´ï¼ä»¥å建被éå¶ç滤波å¨ï¼ä»¥åå°è¯¥è¢«éå¶çæ»¤æ³¢å¨æ·»å å°æ»¤æ³¢å¨ç»ã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬å°æªè¢«éå¶çåè¡¡æ»¤æ³¢å¨æ·»å å°ææµéçååºä»¥æä¾æªè¢«éå¶çæ ¡æ£ååºã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬ä»ç®æ ååºå廿ªè¢«éå¶çæ ¡æ£ååºä»¥æä¾æ°çç®æ 滤波å¨ãThe average value is set to zero decibels, and the target response is based on one or more frequencies associated with one or more biquad filters. Determining the target filter based on the target response may include determining a target zero crossing and a target filter derivative zero point. The process may also include limiting the decibels of the target filter based on the detected amplitude peak to create a limited filter, and adding the limited filter to the filter bank. The process may also include adding an unlimited equalization filter to the measured response to provide an unlimited correction response. The process may also include subtracting the unlimited correction response from the target response to provide a new target filter.
å¾9示åºäºç¨äºç¡®å®ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªå¢çå¼ä»¥åºç¨äºé³é¢ç³»ç»ç示ä¾è¿ç¨ãåèå¾9ï¼è¯¥è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥å æ¬å¯¹æ¬å£°å¨æ½å ä¸ç»åå§åçåå¢çåæ°912ï¼ç»ç±æ¬å£°å¨914ææ¾åºæ¿ä¿¡å·ï¼æµéæææ¾çåºæ¿çé¢çååºä¿¡å·916ï¼ç¡®å®éº¦å é£ä½ç½®å¤ç声级åè·ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨çé¢å®è·ç¦»å¤ç声级918ï¼åºäºéº¦å é£ä½ç½®å¤ç声级åè·æ¬å£°å¨çé¢å®è·ç¦»å¤ç声级ä¹å·®æ¥ç¡®å®éº¦å é£ä½ç½®å¤çå¢ç922ï¼ä»¥åå°å¢çæ½å å°æ¬å£°å¨è¾åº924ãFIG9 shows an example process for determining one or more gain values to apply to an audio system. Referring to FIG9 , the process may include applying a set of initial power and gain parameters to a speaker 912, playing a stimulus signal via a speaker 914, measuring a frequency response signal of the played stimulus 916, determining a sound level at a microphone location and a sound level at a predetermined distance from one or more speakers 918, determining a gain at a microphone location based on a difference between the sound level at the microphone location and the sound level at a predetermined distance from the speaker 922, and applying the gain to a speaker output 924.
é¢å®è·ç¦»å¯ä»¥æ¯ä¸ç¨æ·ç¸å¯¹äºæ¬å£°å¨ä½ç½®å¯è½æå¤çä½ç½®ç¸å ³èç设å®è·ç¦»ï¼ä¾å¦ä¸ç±³ã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬æ£æµè·æ¬å£°å¨ç¬¬ä¸è·ç¦»ç麦å é£å¤åè·æ¬å£°å¨ç¬¬äºè·ç¦»(æ¯ç¬¬ä¸è·ç¦»è¿)ç第äºéº¦å é£å¤çåºæ¿ä¿¡å·ï¼å¹¶ä¸å¨ä¸¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£å¤åæ¶æ§è¡è¯¥æ£æµã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬ç¡®å®ç¬¬ä¸è·ç¦»å¤ç第ä¸å£°å级å第äºè·ç¦»å¤ç第äºå£°å级ã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬åºäºç¬¬ä¸å£°å级å第äºå£°å级ä¹å·®ç¡®å®æ¬å£°å¨çè¡°åã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬ï¼å½æ¬å£°å¨ç±åèçµå驱卿¶ï¼åºäºå¨è·æ¬å£°å¨é¢å®è·ç¦»å¤æµéç声å级æ¥ç¡®å®æ¬å£°å¨ççµæåº¦ãThe predetermined distance may be a set distance associated with a position where a user may be relative to the speaker position, such as one meter. The process may also include detecting a stimulus signal at a microphone at a first distance from the speaker and at a second microphone at a second distance from the speaker (longer than the first distance), and performing the detection at both microphones simultaneously. The process may also include determining a first sound pressure level at the first distance and a second sound pressure level at the second distance. The process may also include determining the attenuation of the speaker based on the difference between the first sound pressure level and the second sound pressure level. The process may also include determining the sensitivity of the speaker based on the sound pressure level measured at a predetermined distance from the speaker when the speaker is driven by a reference voltage.
å¾10示åºäºç¨äºè¯å«è¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦è¯çº§æè¯é³ä¼ è¾ææ°çè¿ç¨ãåèå¾10ï¼è¯¥è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥å æ¬å¯å¨èªå¨è°è°ç¨åº1012ï¼ç»ç±ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªéº¦å 飿£æµä¸ä¸¤ä¸ªææ´å¤ä¸ªä½ç½®å¤çå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨çè¾åºç¸å ³èç声鳿µé1014ï¼ç¡®å®ä¸éº¦å é£çæ°éç¸ççè¯é³ä¼ è¾ç´¢å¼(STI)å¼çæ°é1016ï¼ä»¥å对è¯é³ä¼ è¾ç´¢å¼å¼æ±å¹³å以è¯å«å个è¯é³ä¼ è¾ç´¢å¼å¼1018ãFIG10 illustrates a process for identifying a speech intelligibility rating or speech transmission index. Referring to FIG10, the process may include initiating an automatic tuning procedure 1012, detecting sound measurements associated with the output of a plurality of speakers at two or more locations via one or more microphones 1014, determining a number of speech transmission index (STI) values equal to the number of microphones 1016, and averaging the speech transmission index values to identify a single speech transmission index value 1018.
该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬å¨å¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨åæ¶æä¾è¾åºä¿¡å·çåæ¶æµéSTIå¼çæ°éãå¨å¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨åæ¶æä¾è¾åºä¿¡å·çåæ¶æµéSTIå¼çæ°éå¯ä»¥å æ¬ä½¿ç¨ä¸ä¸ªéº¦å é£ãå¨å¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨åæ¶æä¾è¾åºä¿¡å·çåæ¶æµéSTIå¼çæ°éå¯ä»¥å æ¬ä½¿ç¨å¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£ä¸çä¸ä¸ªéº¦å é£ï¼å¹¶ä¸è¯¥ä¸ä¸ªéº¦å é£è¢«è¯å«ä¸ºæé è¿å¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨çä½ç½®ä¸çä¸é´ä½ç½®ã对è¯é³ä¼ è¾ç´¢å¼å¼æ±å¹³å以è¯å«å个è¯é³ä¼ è¾ç´¢å¼å¼å¯ä»¥å æ¬æµéâNâ个麦å é£å¤çSTIå¼ï¼å ¶ä¸âNâ大äº1ï¼ä»¥å对âNâä¸ªå¼æ±å¹³å以è¯å«ç¹å®ç¯å¢çå个STIå¼ãThe process may also include measuring the number of STI values while the multiple speakers are providing output signals simultaneously. Measuring the number of STI values while the multiple speakers are providing output signals simultaneously may include using one microphone. Measuring the number of STI values while the multiple speakers are providing output signals simultaneously may include using one microphone among the multiple microphones, and the one microphone is identified as a middle position among the positions closest to the multiple speakers. Averaging the voice transmission index values to identify a single voice transmission index value may include measuring STI values at âNâ microphones, where âNâ is greater than 1, and averaging the âNâ values to identify a single STI value for a specific environment.
èªå¨è°è°å¯ä»¥ä» 使ç¨ä¼è®®ç³»ç»é常æéçç»ä»¶èä¸ä½¿ç¨å ¶ä»ä»ªå¨æ¥èªå¨å°æµéä¼è®®é³é¢ç³»ç»åå¯¹åºæ¿é´çè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦ãå¯ä»¥ä¸ç¬¬ä¸æ¹åçæ¾å¤§å¨åæ©é³å¨ä¸èµ·ä½¿ç¨èªå¨è°è°ãå 为è¿äºç»ä»¶çå¢çåçµæåº¦æ¯æªç¥çï¼æä»¥èªå¨è°è°å¤ç使ç¨å¯ä¸ç宽带å¤é³éæ¥å¢å ä¿¡å·ï¼è¿åç»ç±å£°å¦æ¶å»¶èªå¨æµéå¹¶ä¸ä½¿ç¨å£°é计ç®çæ¬å£°å¨å°éº¦å é£çè·ç¦»ï¼æ¥å¿«éå°ç¡®å®è¿äºåæ°ï¼ç´å°å ¶è¾¾å°å¨éº¦å é£å¤å·²ç¥çSPLæ°´å¹³ã使ç¨è¯¥ææ¯ï¼èªå¨è°è°å¯ä»¥ç¡®å®å¯¹åºç»ä»¶çå¢çåçµæåº¦ï¼ä»¥åæ¥èªæ©é³å¨çSPLæ°´å¹³ãå¿«é鿥å¢å 宽带å¤é³ä¿¡å·ï¼å¹¶ä¸ä¸ºç³»ç»åæ°çèªå¨ç¡®å®æä¾ä¼åãåºäºåç§æ»¤æ³¢å¨ï¼èªå¨è°è°èªå¨åè¡¡ç®æ³å¿«éåè¡¡å¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨åºåãæ¤å¤ï¼éå å¢å¼ºè¢«æ·»å å°è¯¥ç®æ³ä¸ãAutomatic tuning can automatically measure the speech intelligibility of conference audio systems and corresponding rooms using only the components commonly required for conference systems without other instruments. Automatic tuning can be used with third-party power amplifiers and loudspeakers. Because the gain and sensitivity of these components are unknown, the automatic tuning process uses a unique broadband multi-tone step-up signal, together with the distance from the speaker to the microphone automatically measured via acoustic delay and calculated using the speed of sound, to quickly determine these parameters until it reaches the known SPL level at the microphone. Using this technology, automatic tuning can determine the gain and sensitivity of the corresponding component, as well as the SPL level from the loudspeaker. Rapidly increase the broadband multi-tone signal step by step, and provide optimization for the automatic determination of system parameters. Based on various filters, the automatic tuning automatic equalization algorithm quickly equalizes multiple speaker areas. In addition, additional enhancements are added to the algorithm.
该è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥å æ¬æ ¹æ®æ°´å¹³åå¢çæ¥åæçµå£°ç³»ç»ï¼ä»¥ç¡®å®å®ç°ææç声å¦ç级æéçå¢çï¼ä»¥åä¼åç¨äºæå¤§å¨æèå´çå¢çç»æãåå²ä¸ä»¥âdB SPLâ表示声å级ãé常ç¨åä½âdBâè¡¨ç¤ºå£°çº§ï¼æå³çå®å®é 䏿¯ç¸å¯¹äº0dBï¼20u叿¯å¡çç»å¯¹çº§ãç°ä»£å½é æ åå°å£°å级表示为Lp/(20uPa)æç¼©å为Lpãç¶èï¼Lpé常ä¹ç¨äºè¡¨ç¤ºå£°çº§çåéï¼è䏿¯å£°çº§çåä½ã为äºé¿å 任使··æ·ï¼å¨è¯¥åæä¸ï¼å£°åçº§å°æ»æ¯è¢«è¡¨ç¤ºä¸ºâdBaâï¼è¡¨ç¤ºç»å¯¹å¦å£°ç级ï¼å¹¶ä¸ä¸è¿æ¶çâdB SPLâç¸åãâdBaâä¸åºè¯¥ä¸âdBAâæ··æ·ï¼dBAé常æ¯é对Aå æå£°çº§è¡¨ç¤ºçåä½ãå¨è¯¥åæä¸ï¼âLâæ»æ¯ä½ä¸ºç»å¯¹éçæ°´å¹³åéï¼èâGâæ»æ¯ä½ä¸ºç¸å¯¹éçå¢çåéãå 为çå¼å å«å ·æä¸ååä½(çµå¦å¯¹å£°å¦)çåéï¼ä½æ¯ä»ç¶ä»¥åè´è¡¨ç¤ºï¼æä»¥ä¸ºäºæ¸ æ¥èµ·è§ï¼å¨{}ä¸æç¡®å°ç¤ºåºäºåä½ãThe process can include analyzing the electroacoustic system in terms of level and gain to determine the gain required to achieve the desired acoustic level, and optimizing the gain structure for maximum dynamic range. Sound pressure level has historically been expressed in "dB SPL". Sound level is usually expressed in the unit "dB", meaning that it is actually an absolute level relative to 0dB = 20u Pascal. Modern international standards express sound pressure level as Lp/(20uPa) or abbreviated as Lp. However, Lp is also commonly used to represent the variable of sound level rather than the unit of sound level. To avoid any confusion, in this analysis, sound pressure level will always be expressed as "dBa", which means absolute acoustic level and is the same as the outdated "dB SPL". "dBa" should not be confused with "dBA", which is usually a unit expressed for A-weighted sound level. In this analysis, 'L' is always used as a level variable in absolute terms, and 'G' is always used as a gain variable in relative terms. Because the equation contains variables with different units (electrical vs. acoustic), but are still expressed in decibels, the units are explicitly shown in {} for clarity.
该åæè¢«åæä¸¤ä¸ªææ¾ä¸åçä¿¡å·è·¯å¾ï¼ä»å£°æº(讲è¯è 218)å°DSPå é¨å¤ççè¾å ¥è·¯å¾ï¼ä»¥åä»DSPå é¨å¤çå°ä»æ©é³å¨è¾åºç声å¦ç级çè·¯å¾ãè¿ä¸¤æ¡è·¯å¾ååèªå ·æä¸¤ç§ååãè¾å ¥ä¿¡å·è·¯å¾å ·ææ¨¡æå¯¹æ°å麦å é£ååï¼èè¾åºè·¯å¾å ·ææ¨¡æå¯¹æ°ååçæ¾å¤§å¨åå(å°±å ¶è¾å ¥ä¿¡å·èéå ¶åçæ¾å¤§ææ¯èè¨æ¯æ°åç)ã为äºä¸è´æ§åç®åèµ·è§ï¼ææä¿¡å·è¡°å被表示为å°å ·æè´å¼çå¢çãä¾å¦ï¼GP-Sï¼LP-LSpkræ¯ä»æ©é³å¨(1ç±³å¤)å°äººåçå¢çï¼å¹¶ä¸è¯¥å¼å¯è½ä¸ºä¾å¦-6dBãè¿äºå¢çå¨å¾ä¸è¢«ç¤ºåºä¸ºç¬ç´çç®å¤´ï¼ä½æ¯å®é ä¸å£°é³è·¯å¾ç±è¡¨é¢åå°åæ¥èªæ¿é´å¨å´çæ©æ£å£°ç»æãæ¾ç¶ï¼æ¿é´çèå²ååºå°æç¤ºæ¿é´è¡ä¸ºçç»èï¼ä½æ¯å¨è¯¥åæä¸ï¼æä»¬ä» å ³æ³¨ä¾å¦ç±ç²çº¢åªå£°å¼èµ·çéæ¶é´ç¨³æå£°çº§ã为äºç®å该åæï¼è¿äºå¤ä¸ªå£°é³è·¯å¾è¢«å½å¹¶å°å¢ç为âGâçå个路å¾ä¸ãéè¿æµéGP-SåGM-Pï¼å¯ä»¥è¯å«æ¶å¬è ä½ç½®å¤çå·²ç¥å£°çº§ï¼ä»¥å设å®çDSPè¾åºå¢çåè¾å ¥åç½®æ¾å¤§å¨å¢çãå ä¸ºå¨æ¶å¬è ä½ç½®å¤æ²¡ææµé麦å é£ï¼æä»¥GP-SåGM-Pæ¯è¢«ä¼°è®¡çãç¶èï¼æä»¬å¯ä»¥ç²¾ç¡®å°æµéGM-Sï¼å¹¶ä¸åºäºå ¸åçä¼è®®å®¤å£°å¦âç»éªæ³åâ对GP-SåGM-Pè¿è¡ä¼°è®¡ã为äºä¸è´æ§åç®åèµ·è§ï¼ææä¿¡å·è¡°å被表示为å°å ·æè´å¼çå¢çãä¾å¦ï¼GP-Sï¼LP-LSpkræ¯ä»æ©é³å¨(1ç±³å¤)å°äººåçå¢çï¼å¹¶ä¸è¯¥å¼å¯è½æ¯ä¾å¦-6dBãè¿äºå¢çå¨å¾ä¸è¢«ç¤ºåºä¸ºç¬ç´çç®å¤´ï¼ä½æ¯å®é ä¸å£°é³è·¯å¾ç±è¡¨é¢åå°åæ¥èªæ¿é´å¨å´çæ©æ£å£°ç»æãæ¾ç¶ï¼æ¿é´çèå²ååºå°æç¤ºæ¿é´è¡ä¸ºçç»èï¼ä½æ¯å¨è¯¥åæä¸ï¼è¯å«ä¾å¦ç±ç²çº¢åªå£°å¼èµ·çéæ¶é´ç¨³æå£°çº§ã为äºç®å该åæï¼å¤ä¸ªå£°é³è·¯å¾è¢«å½å¹¶å°å¢ç为Gçå个路å¾ä¸ãGP-SåGM-P被æµéï¼æä»¥å¯ä»¥è¯å«æ¶å¬è ä½ç½®å¤çå·²ç¥å£°çº§ï¼ä»¥åæä½³å°è®¾ç½®DSPè¾åºå¢çåè¾å ¥åç½®æ¾å¤§å¨å¢çãThe analysis is divided into two distinct signal paths, the input path from the sound source (talker 218) to the DSP internal processing, and the path from the DSP internal processing to the acoustic level output from the loudspeaker. Each of these two paths then has two variations. The input signal path has an analog to digital microphone variation, while the output path has an analog to digital power amplifier variation (digital in terms of its input signal rather than its power amplification technology). For consistency and simplicity, all signal attenuations are represented as gains that will have negative values. For example, GP-S=LP-LSpkr is the gain from the loudspeaker (at 1 meter) to the person, and this value may be, for example, -6dB. These gains are shown as straight arrows in the figure, but in reality the sound path consists of surface reflections and diffuse sound from around the room. Obviously, the impulse response of the room will reveal the details of the room behavior, but in this analysis, we are only concerned with non-time-steady sound levels caused, for example, by pink noise. In order to simplify the analysis, these multiple sound paths are merged into a single path with a gain of 'G'. By measuring GP-S and GM-P, the known sound level at the listener position can be identified, as well as the set DSP output gain and input preamplifier gain. Because there is no measurement microphone at the listener position, GP-S and GM-P are estimated. However, we can accurately measure GM-S and estimate GP-S and GM-P based on typical conference room acoustic "rules of thumb". For consistency and simplicity, all signal attenuations are expressed as gains that will have negative values. For example, GP-S=LP-LSpkr is the gain from the loudspeaker (at 1 meter) to the person, and the value may be, for example, -6dB. These gains are shown as straight arrows in the figure, but in reality the sound path consists of surface reflections and diffuse sound from around the room. Obviously, the impulse response of the room will reveal the details of the room behavior, but in this analysis, non-time-steady sound levels caused by, for example, pink noise are identified. To simplify the analysis, multiple sound paths are merged into a single path with a gain of G. GP-S and GM-P are measured so a known sound level at the listener's position can be identified and the DSP output gain and input preamplifier gain optimally set.
èªå¨è°è°å¯ä»¥ä» 使ç¨ä¼è®®ç³»ç»é常æéçç»ä»¶èä¸ä½¿ç¨å ¶ä»ä»ªå¨æ¥èªå¨å°æµéä¼è®®é³é¢ç³»ç»åå¯¹åºæ¿é´çè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦ãå¯ä»¥ä¸ç¬¬ä¸æ¹åçæ¾å¤§å¨åæ©é³å¨ä¸èµ·ä½¿ç¨èªå¨è°è°ãå 为è¿äºç»ä»¶çå¢çåçµæåº¦æ¯æªç¥çï¼æä»¥èªå¨è°è°å¤ç使ç¨å¯ä¸ç宽带å¤é³éæ¥å¢å ä¿¡å·ï¼è¿åç»ç±å£°å¦æ¶å»¶èªå¨æµéå¹¶ä¸ä½¿ç¨å£°é计ç®çæ¬å£°å¨å°éº¦å é£çè·ç¦»ï¼æ¥å¿«éå°ç¡®å®è¿äºåæ°ï¼ç´å°å ¶è¾¾å°å¨éº¦å é£å¤å·²ç¥çSPLæ°´å¹³ã使ç¨è¯¥ææ¯ï¼èªå¨è°è°å¯ä»¥ç¡®å®å¯¹åºç»ä»¶çå¢çåçµæåº¦ï¼ä»¥åæ¥èªæ©é³å¨çSPLæ°´å¹³ãå¿«é鿥å¢å 宽带å¤é³ä¿¡å·ï¼å¹¶ä¸ä¸ºç³»ç»åæ°çèªå¨ç¡®å®æä¾ä¼åãåºäºåç§æ»¤æ³¢å¨ï¼èªå¨è°è°èªå¨åè¡¡ç®æ³å¿«éåè¡¡å¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨åºåãæ¤å¤ï¼éå å¢å¼ºè¢«æ·»å å°è¯¥ç®æ³ä¸ãAutomatic tuning can automatically measure the speech intelligibility of conference audio systems and corresponding rooms using only the components commonly required for conference systems without other instruments. Automatic tuning can be used with third-party power amplifiers and loudspeakers. Because the gain and sensitivity of these components are unknown, the automatic tuning process uses a unique broadband multi-tone step-up signal, together with the distance from the speaker to the microphone automatically measured via acoustic delay and calculated using the speed of sound, to quickly determine these parameters until it reaches the known SPL level at the microphone. Using this technology, automatic tuning can determine the gain and sensitivity of the corresponding component, as well as the SPL level from the loudspeaker. Rapidly increase the broadband multi-tone signal step by step, and provide optimization for the automatic determination of system parameters. Based on various filters, the automatic tuning automatic equalization algorithm quickly equalizes multiple speaker areas. In addition, additional enhancements are added to the algorithm.
ä¸ä¸ªç¤ºä¾å®æ½ä¾å¯ä»¥å æ¬æµéè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦ä»¥åçå°è·å¾ä¼è®®å®¤çè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦è¯çº§ãåºè¯¥ç¸å¯¹äºå¤ä¸ªè¯é³æº(ä¾å¦å¤©è±æ¿æ¬å£°å¨)åæ¿é´å¨å´çå¤ä¸ªæ¶å¬ä½ç½®æ¥è¯å«è¯é³ä¼ è¾ææ°(STI)ãæ¤å¤ï¼ä¼è®®æ å½¢ä¸çè¯é³æºå¯ä»¥æ¯è¿ç¨çï¼å ¶ä¸è¿ç¨éº¦å é£ãè¿ç¨æ¿é´åä¼ è¾å£°éé½å¯è½å½±åæ¶å¬è çè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦ä½éªãå¨å ·æé常å°è¢«åæ¶ä½¿ç¨çå¤ä¸ªæ©é³å¨çä¼è®®å®¤ä¸ï¼å¨é»è¾ä¸åºè¯¥ç¨åæ¶ææ¾çææâè¯é³ä¼è®®âæ¬å£°å¨æ¥æµéSTIãè¯é³ä¼è®®æ¬å£°å¨è¡¨ç¤ºå¨ä¼è®®æé´é叏伿å¼çæææ¬å£°å¨ï¼èä¸ç¨äºé³ä¹åæ¾çæææ¬å£°å¨å°è¢«å ³éãåå æ¯æ¶å¬è é叏忶æ¶å¬æ¥èªææè¯é³ä¼è®®æ¬å£°å¨çè¯é³ï¼å æ¤è¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦å°åå°æææ¬å£°å¨çå½±åï¼å æ¤è¯çº§åºå¨ææè¯é³ä¼è®®æ¬å£°å¨é½å¤äºæ¿æ´»ç¶ææ¶è¿è¡æµéãä¸å个æ©é³å¨ç¸æ¯ï¼å¨ææè¯é³ä¼è®®æ©é³å¨é½å¼å¯çæ åµä¸æµéçSTIå¯è½æ´å¥½ï¼ä¹å¯è½æ´å·®ï¼è¿åå³äºèæ¯åªå£°æ°´å¹³ãæ¿é´ä¸çå声忷·åãæ¬å£°å¨ä¹é´çé´è·çãAn example embodiment may include measuring speech intelligibility to reasonably obtain a speech intelligibility rating for a conference room. A speech transmission index (STI) should be identified relative to multiple speech sources (e.g., ceiling speakers) and multiple listening positions around the room. In addition, the speech source in a conference situation may be remote, where the remote microphone, remote room, and transmission channel may all affect the listener's speech intelligibility experience. In a conference room with multiple loudspeakers that are typically used simultaneously, the STI should logically be measured with all "voice conference" speakers that are playing simultaneously. Voice conference speakers represent all speakers that are typically turned on during a meeting, while all speakers dedicated to music playback will be turned off. The reason is that listeners typically listen to speech from all voice conference speakers at the same time, so speech intelligibility will be affected by all speakers, so the rating should be measured when all voice conference speakers are activated. Compared to a single loudspeaker, the STI measured when all voice conference loudspeakers are turned on may be better or worse, depending on the background noise level, echo and reverberation in the room, the spacing between speakers, etc.
å 为èªå¨è°è°å¿ é¡»ä½¿ç¨æ¥èªä¼è®®ç³»ç»ç麦å é£è䏿¯éå çæµé麦å é£ï¼æä»¥åºå½æ³¨æï¼æ¥èªèªå¨è°è°çSTIæµé弿¯æ¾ç½®å¨æ¶å¬è çè³æµä½ç½®å¤çæµé麦å é£ççå®STIå¼ç代表ãå 为ä¼è®®å®¤å ·æè¥å¹²æ¶å¬è ä½ç½®ï¼å¹¶ä¸å¯ä»¥å ·æè¥å¹²ä¼è®®éº¦å é£ï¼æä»¥å°éè¿å¨ææN个麦å é£å¤åæ¶è¿è¡æµéï¼è®¡ç®N个STIå¼ï¼ç¶å对è¿äºå¼æ±å¹³å以ç»åºå个æ¿é´STI弿¥è·å¾æå¥½çSTIè¯çº§ãè¿å°æ¯å¨ææä¼è®®éº¦å é£ä½ç½®å¤æµéçå¹³åSTIå¼ï¼è¯¥å¹³åSTIå¼åå°æ¯æææ¶å¬è ä½ç½®å¤çå¹³åSTIå¼ç代表ã(ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ª)èªå¨è°è°ç®æ³è¢«è®¾è®¡æä¸æ¬¡ä¸ä¸ªå°é¡ºåºéè¿æ¯ä¸ªè¾åºæ¬å£°å¨åºåï¼å¹¶ä¸åæ¶æµéææéº¦å é£ãæ¤å¤ï¼å®æ¶STIåæå¨ä»»å¡æ¯é常çDSPå¯éåçï¼å¹¶ä¸ä¸æ¬¡åªè½æµéå个麦å é£è¾å ¥ãå æ¤ï¼è¿å¯¹æµéå¨âNâ个麦å é£å¤STIå¼å¹¶ä¸å¯¹è¿äºå¼æ±å¹³åæåºäºå®é éå¶ãå¯¹äºæç²¾ç¡®çSTIå¼ï¼åºè¯¥åæ¶ææ¾ææçè¯é³ä¼è®®æ¬å£°å¨ãBecause the automatic tuning must use the microphone from the conference system instead of the additional measurement microphone, it should be noted that the STI measurement from the automatic tuning is a representative of the true STI value of the measurement microphone placed at the listener's ear position. Because the conference room has several listener positions and may have several conference microphones, the best STI rating will be obtained by measuring at all N microphones simultaneously, calculating N STI values, and then averaging these values to give a single room STI value. This will be the average STI value measured at all conference microphone positions, which will in turn be a representative of the average STI value at all listener positions. (One or more) automatic tuning algorithms are designed to pass through each output speaker zone one at a time and measure all microphones simultaneously. In addition, the real-time STI analyzer task is very DSP intensive and can only measure a single microphone input at a time. Therefore, this places practical limitations on measuring STI values at 'N' microphones and averaging these values. For the most accurate STI value, all voice conference speakers should be played simultaneously.
å¨èªå¨è°è°ç¨åºä¸å¯è½ç¨äºæµéå¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£å¤çSTIçå ç§çç¥å¯ä»¥å æ¬ï¼ä½ä¸ºç¬¬ä¸æ¹å¼ï¼ä» å¨ç¬¬ä¸æ¬å£°å¨è¿ä»£æé´æµéSTIï¼ä½æ¯æææ¬å£°å¨å°ææ¾STIPAï¼ç¶å使ç¨ç¬¬ä¸éº¦å 飿§è¡æµéï¼ä½æ¯ä½¿ç¨éº¦å é£çæµé被确å®ä¸ºä½äºç±å¨CalcIRç¶æä¸æµéçæ¬å£°å¨å°éº¦å é£çè·ç¦»æç¡®å®çä¸é´ä½ç½®ãå¦ä¸ç§æ¹å¼å¯ä»¥å æ¬ï¼å¯¹äºæ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨åºåè¿ä»£ï¼æµéä¸ä¸ä¸ªéº¦å é£è¾å ¥ä¸çSTIï¼ä½¿å¾å¯ä»¥å¯¹å¤ä¸ªSTIæµé弿±å¹³åãç¶èï¼æäºé®é¢å¯è½æ¯å¦æä» æä¸ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨åºåï¼åå°ä» æµé第ä¸éº¦å é£ã妿æ¬å£°å¨åºåæ¯éº¦å é£å°ï¼åå¯è½éè¿ä½äºä¸é´ç麦å é£ï¼å¹¶ä¸è¿è¡è¯¥æ¹å¼çæ¶é´æé¿ãSeveral strategies that may be used in an auto-tune routine to measure STI at multiple microphones may include: as a first approach, measuring STI only during the first speaker iteration, but all speakers will play the STI, and then performing a measurement using the first microphone, but the measurement using the microphone is determined to be located in the middle position determined by the speaker-to-microphone distance measured in the CalcIR state. Another approach may include: for each speaker zone iteration, measuring the STI on the next microphone input so that multiple STI measurements can be averaged. However, some problems may be that if there is only one speaker zone, only the first microphone will be measured. If there are fewer speaker zones than microphones, the microphone in the middle may be missed and the time to run this approach is the longest.
è¿åºå½æ³¨æï¼STIå¼é常被ç解为表示该æ¿é´ä¸çè¯é³ä¼ è¾è´¨éã对äºè¿ç¨ä¼è®®ç³»ç»ï¼æ¶å¬è ä½éªçè¯é³ä¼ è¾è´¨éå®é ä¸å ·æä¸ä¸ªåéï¼æ©é³å¨å人åæåçæ¿é´çSTIãçµåä¼ è¾å£°éçSTI以åè¿ç«¯éº¦å é£åæ¿é´çSTIãå æ¤ï¼éè¿èªå¨è°è°è®¡ç®çSTIå¼ä» ä» æ¯æææ¶å¬è è¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦ä½éªçä¸ä¸ªåéä¸çä¸ä¸ªåéç代表ãç¶èï¼è¿ä»ç¶å¯ä»¥ä¸ºç¨æ·æå®è£ è å¯ä»¥å¨äºä»¶æé´æ§å¶çè¿ç«¯ç»ä»¶æä¾è¯åãä¾å¦ï¼ç¨æ·/å®è£ è å¯ä»¥ä½¿ç¨èªå¨è°è°STIè¯åæ¥è¯ä¼°ä½¿ç¨ä¸¤ç§ä¸å声å¦å¤ç设计对STIçç¸å¯¹æ¹è¿ãIt should also be noted that the STI value is generally understood to represent the quality of speech transmission in that room. For teleconferencing systems, the quality of speech transmission experienced by the listener actually has three components: the STI of the loudspeaker and the room in which the person is sitting, the STI of the electronic transmission soundtrack, and the STI of the far-end microphone and room. Therefore, the STI value calculated by auto-tune is only a representation of one of the three components that make up the listener's speech intelligibility experience. However, this can still provide a score for near-end components that the user or installer can control during an event. For example, a user/installer can use the auto-tune STI score to evaluate the relative improvement in STI using two different acoustic treatment designs.
èªå¨è°è°å¯ä»¥ä» 使ç¨ä¼è®®ç³»ç»é常æéçç»ä»¶èä¸ä½¿ç¨å ¶ä»ä»ªå¨æ¥èªå¨å°æµéä¼è®®é³é¢ç³»ç»åå¯¹åºæ¿é´çè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦ãå¯ä»¥ä¸ç¬¬ä¸æ¹åçæ¾å¤§å¨åæ©é³å¨ä¸èµ·ä½¿ç¨èªå¨è°è°ãå 为è¿äºç»ä»¶çå¢çåçµæåº¦æ¯æªç¥çï¼æä»¥èªå¨è°è°å¤ç使ç¨å¯ä¸ç宽带å¤é³éæ¥å¢å ä¿¡å·ï¼è¿åç»ç±å£°å¦æ¶å»¶èªå¨æµéå¹¶ä¸ä½¿ç¨å£°é计ç®çæ¬å£°å¨å°éº¦å é£çè·ç¦»ï¼æ¥å¿«éå°ç¡®å®è¿äºåæ°ï¼ç´å°å ¶è¾¾å°å¨éº¦å é£å¤å·²ç¥çSPLæ°´å¹³ã使ç¨è¯¥ææ¯ï¼èªå¨è°è°å¯ä»¥ç¡®å®å¯¹åºç»ä»¶çå¢çåçµæåº¦ï¼ä»¥åæ¥èªæ©é³å¨çSPLæ°´å¹³ãå¿«é鿥å¢å 宽带å¤é³ä¿¡å·ï¼å¹¶ä¸ä¸ºç³»ç»åæ°çèªå¨ç¡®å®æä¾ä¼åãåºäºåç§æ»¤æ³¢å¨ï¼èªå¨è°è°èªå¨åè¡¡ç®æ³å¿«éåè¡¡å¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨åºåãæ¤å¤ï¼éå å¢å¼ºè¢«æ·»å å°è¯¥ç®æ³ä¸ãAutomatic tuning can automatically measure the speech intelligibility of conference audio systems and corresponding rooms using only the components commonly required for conference systems without other instruments. Automatic tuning can be used with third-party power amplifiers and loudspeakers. Because the gain and sensitivity of these components are unknown, the automatic tuning process uses a unique broadband multi-tone step-up signal, together with the distance from the speaker to the microphone automatically measured via acoustic delay and calculated using the speed of sound, to quickly determine these parameters until it reaches the known SPL level at the microphone. Using this technology, automatic tuning can determine the gain and sensitivity of the corresponding component, as well as the SPL level from the loudspeaker. Rapidly increase the broadband multi-tone signal step by step, and provide optimization for the automatic determination of system parameters. Based on various filters, the automatic tuning automatic equalization algorithm quickly equalizes multiple speaker areas. In addition, additional enhancements are added to the algorithm.
æ ¹æ®ä¸ä¸ªç¤ºä¾å®æ½ä¾ï¼å¯å¨è¿ç¨åºåå¯ä»¥å æ¬åºäºå ¶å¨æ¿é´ä¸çä½ç½®(ä¾å¦ï¼å®è£ å¨å¤©è±æ¿ä¸ï¼å¨æ¡åä¸ç)对已ç¥å¹¶ä¸è¿æ¥å°æ§å¶å¨ç麦å é£è¿è¡åæãæ¤å¤ï¼ç¨äºåºäºDSPè¿ç¨äº§çâæ¥åå¡âæä¸ç»æµè¯ç»æçè¿ç¨å¯å æ¬åç§æµè¯åæ£æµå°çåé¦ãå¨ä¸ä¸ªç¤ºä¾ä¸ï¼å¯å¨è¿ç¨æ£æµä¸æ§å¶å¨éä¿¡çææè®¾å¤ï¼ä¾å¦è®¡ç®æºæç±»ä¼¼ç计ç®è®¾å¤ãè¿äºè®¾å¤å¯ä»¥å æ¬ä½äºæ¿é´å çåç§éº¦å é£åæ¬å£°å¨ãæ£æµè¿ç¨å¯ä»¥æµéæ¿é´ä¸è®¾å¤ç表ç°ï¼è°è°æ¬å£°å¨ä»¥åè°è(ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ª)æ¬å£°å¨æ°´å¹³ãæ¤å¤ï¼ä¹å¯ä»¥ç»ç±æ°åä¿¡å·å¤çææ¯æ¥ç¡®å®æ¿é´æ··å(reverb)å¼åè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦è¯çº§ãæ¿é´æ··åç麦å é£éåªåè¡¥å¿ä¹å¯ä»¥è¢«ç¡®å®å设置ï¼ç¨äºéåçæ¬å£°å¨å麦å é£ä½¿ç¨ãå¯å¨è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥å¼èµ·æ¿é´è¯çº§ä»ç¬¬ä¸è¯çº§å为第äºè¯çº§ãä¾å¦ï¼åå§æ¿é´è¯çº§å¯ä»¥æ¯âä¸è¬çâï¼å¹¶ä¸ä¸æ¦ååºæä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨å/æä¿®æ¹ï¼éåçæ¿é´è¯çº§å¯ä»¥æ¯âåºè²çâãæ¤å¤ï¼å¾å½¢ç¨æ·çé¢å¯ä»¥çææ¥åæâæ¥åå¡âï¼è¯¥æ¥åæâæ¥åå¡âè¡¨ç¤ºå¨æ§è¡è®¾ç½®/å¯å¨è¿ç¨ä¹ååä¹åçæäºæ¿é´ç¹æ§ãæ¥åå¡å¯ä»¥è¢«ä¸è½½ä½ä¸ºç¨äºè®°å½ç®ççæä»¶ãåç§çæ¬çæ¥åå¡å¯ä»¥è¢«çæï¼å¹¶ä¸è¢«æ¾ç¤ºå¨ä¸æ§å¶å¨éä¿¡çç¨æ·è®¾å¤ä¸æç»ç±æ§å¶å¨è®¾å¤çæ¾ç¤ºå¨æ¾ç¤ºã妿æç»æ¥å塿¯â好âè䏿¯âé常好âï¼åå¯ä»¥å¨æ¥åå¡ä¸ç¤ºåºå ³äºå¦ä½è¿ä¸æ¥ä¼åæ¿é´é³é¢ç¹æ§ç示ä¾ãä¼è®®å®¤ä¸è¬ç±ä¸èµ·å·¥ä½çææè®¾å¤æå¤§å¤æ°é³é¢è®¾å¤èä¸ä» ä» æ¯ç±ç¬ç«äºå ¶ä»è®¾å¤è¢«è°è°çä¸ä¸ªåç¬ç设å¤è°è°ãæ¤å¤ï¼æ¥åå¡å¯ä»¥æä¾å°ç¨äºä¼åæ¿é´çé³é¢è¡¨ç°çä¿¡æ¯ç龿¥ãAccording to an example embodiment, the startup process sequence may include profiling microphones that are known and connected to the controller based on their location in the room (e.g., mounted on the ceiling, on a table, etc.). In addition, the process for generating a 'report card' or a set of test results based on the DSP process may include various tests and feedback detected. In one example, the startup process detects all devices that communicate with the controller, such as a computer or similar computing device. These devices may include various microphones and speakers located in the room. The detection process may measure the performance of the devices in the room, tune the speakers, and adjust the speaker level (one or more). In addition, room reverberation (reverb) values and speech intelligibility ratings may also be determined via digital signal processing techniques. Microphone noise reduction and compensation for room reverberation may also be determined and set for subsequent speaker and microphone use. The startup process may cause the room rating to change from a first rating to a second rating. For example, the initial room rating may be 'average', and once certain speakers and/or modifications are made, the subsequent room rating may be 'excellent'. In addition, the graphical user interface may generate a report or 'report card' that represents certain room characteristics before and after performing the setup/startup process. The report card may be downloaded as a file for logging purposes. Various versions of the report card may be generated and displayed on a user device in communication with the controller or via a display of the controller device. If the final report card is 'good' rather than 'very good', examples of how to further optimize the room audio characteristics may be shown on the report card. Conference rooms are typically tuned by all or most of the audio devices working together rather than just one single device that is tuned independently of the other devices. In addition, the report card may provide links to information for optimizing the audio performance of the room.
å¾11示åºäºèªå¨è°è°å¹³å°ç示ä¾ãå¨ä¸ä¸ªç¤ºä¾ä¸ï¼å¯ä»¥éå¯¹çæ³çé³é¢ç¹æ§æµè¯åä¼åæ¿é´æå ¶ä»ç±»åçé³é¢ç¯å¢1112ã卿ä½ä¸ï¼å½å¨æ§å¶å¨1128(ä¾å¦ï¼è®¡ç®æºãç¨æ·çé¢ãç½ç»è®¾å¤)ä¸éæ©è°è°æé®æé项æ¶ãå¯å¨è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥éè¿æ§å¶å¨1128ææ¾é³é¢è®¾ç½®è¿ç¨å¼å§ï¼è¯¥é³é¢è®¾ç½®è¿ç¨ç»ç±æè¿°è°è°è¿ç¨çæ¯ä¸ªæ¥éª¤çå¯å¬æ°æ®æä»¶æ¥æç¤ºç¨æ·ãæåï¼æ§è¡è®¾å¤æ£æµè¿ç¨ä»¥è¯å«æ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨(ä¾å¦ï¼æ¬å£°å¨1142ã1144ç)åæ¯ä¸ªéº¦å é£1132ã1134çãäº¤æ¢æº1122å¯ä»¥æ¯è¿æ¥å°éº¦å é£1132/1134ãæ¬å£°å¨1142/1144åæ§å¶å¨1128ç以太ç½äº¤æ¢æºãå¯ä»¥çæè¯å«åå§æ¬å£°å¨è°è°åæ°(å æ¬ä½ä¸éäºæ¿é´æ··åãåªå£°åºç)çåå§è¡¨ç°æµéãå¨å£°é³åºåç±æ¬å£°å¨ææ¾å¹¶ä¸ç±éº¦å 飿£æµå°ä¹åï¼åå§è¡¨ç°æµéå¯ä»¥è¡¨ç¤ºç¹å®æ°´å¹³çæ´ä½è´¨éï¼ä¾å¦âä¸è¬âãâ好âãâé常好âçãå¯ä»¥ä»æ¬å£°å¨1142/1144ä¸çä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ææ¾ç¬¬ä¸é³è°ï¼ç¶åå¯ä»¥ç±è¯¥æ¬å£°å¨ææ¾å¨æ¶é´ãé¢çãdBæ°´å¹³çæ¹é¢ä¸ç¬¬ä¸é³è°ä¸åç第äºé³è°ã麦å é£1132/1134å¯ä»¥æè·é³é¢é³è°å¹¶ä¸æä¾æ§å¶å¨å¯ä»¥å¤ççä¿¡å·ä»¥è¯å«æ¿é´ç¹æ§å¹¶ä¸éè¿åå»ºå æ¬å¨æ¥åæå ¶ä»ä¿¡æ¯å ±äº«å·¥å ·ä¸çè¯çº§æå ¶ä»æç¤ºç¬¦æ¥ç¡®å®ç®æ æ¯å¦è¢«æ»¡è¶³ãå¯ä»¥å¨æ§å¶å¨1128çæä»¶ä¸ä¿åå¨åå§åºåæé´æè·çä¿¡æ¯ãæ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨å¯ä»¥ä¸æ¬¡ä¸ä¸ªå°è¢«æµè¯å¹¶ä¸ç±ä¸¤ä¸ªéº¦å 飿µéï¼ç¶åä¸ä¸ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨å°ç±ä¸¤ä¸ªéº¦å 飿µè¯åæµéãæ¬å£°å¨å麦å é£çæ°éå¯ä»¥æ¯ä»»æçï¼å¹¶ä¸é对æ¯ç§ç±»åç设å¤å¯ä»¥å æ¬ä¸ä¸ªãä¸¤ä¸ªææ´å¤ä¸ªãç¶åå¯ä»¥éè¿æè®¡ç®çDSPåæ°æ¥ä¿®æ¹æ¿é´åªå£°åºãæ··åå¼åå ¶ä»å¼ãä¸ä¸è½®æµè¯å¯ä»¥å°è¿äºè¢«ä¿®æ¹çDSPå¼åºç¨äºæ¬å£°å¨ï¼ä»¥ç¡®å®èªåå§æµè¯ç¨åºä»¥æ¥åªå£°åºãè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦æ¯å¦å·²ç»æ¹åãå¯ä»¥éè¿ææ¾éå 声é³å¹¶ä¸ç»ç±éº¦å é£è®°å½å£°é³æ¥ç¡®å®æç»è¯çº§ãä¸ä¸ä¸ªè¯çº§åºè¯¥æ¯ä¸ä¸ä¸ªè¯çº§æ´ä¼ï¼å¹¶ä¸ç®çæ¯ç»ç±å¯¹ç¹å®æ¿é´ä¸å对äº(ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ª)ç¹å®ç®æ æç®çç声鳿µè¯ç夿¬¡è¿ä»£æ¥è¾¾å°âé常好âçè¯çº§ãFIG. 11 shows an example of an automatic tuning platform. In one example, a room or other type of audio environment 1112 can be tested and optimized for ideal audio characteristics. In operation, when a tuning button or option is selected on a controller 1128 (e.g., a computer, a user interface, a network device). The startup process can start by playing an audio setup process by the controller 1128, which instructs the user via an audible data file describing each step of the tuning process. Initially, a device detection process is performed to identify each speaker (e.g., speakers 1142, 1144, etc.) and each microphone 1132, 1134, etc. The switch 1122 can be an Ethernet switch connected to microphones 1132/1134, speakers 1142/1144, and controller 1128. An initial performance measurement identifying initial speaker tuning parameters (including but not limited to room reverberation, noise floor, etc.) can be generated. After the sound sequence is played by the speaker and detected by the microphone, the initial performance measurement can represent the overall quality of a specific level, such as 'general', 'good', 'very good', etc. A first tone may be played from one or more of the speakers 1142/1144, and then a second tone different from the first tone in terms of time, frequency, dB level, etc. may be played by the speaker. Microphones 1132/1134 may capture audio tones and provide signals that the controller may process to identify room characteristics and determine whether the goals are met by creating ratings or other indicators included in reports or other information sharing tools. The information captured during the initial sequence may be saved in a file of the controller 1128. Each speaker may be tested and measured by two microphones one at a time, and then the next speaker will be tested and measured by two microphones. The number of speakers and microphones may be arbitrary, and may include one, two, or more for each type of device. The room noise floor, reverberation values, and other values may then be modified by the calculated DSP parameters. The next round of testing may apply these modified DSP values to the speakers to determine whether the noise floor, speech clarity, has improved since the initial test procedure. The final rating may be determined by playing additional sounds and recording the sounds via the microphones. The next rating should be better than the previous one, and the aim is to achieve a 'very good' rating through multiple iterations of sound testing in a specific room and for (one or more) specific goals or objectives.
å¾12示åºäºæ ¹æ®ç¤ºä¾å®æ½ä¾çå ·æé对ç¹å®åºåç卿é³é¢åå¸é ç½®çèªå¨è°è°å¹³å°é ç½®ãåèå¾12ï¼é³é¢é ç½®å æ¬å¨ç¹å®åºåä¸çæ¬å£°å¨1142/144å麦å é£1132/1134ãæ¬å£°å¨å麦å é£çæ°éå¨ç¹å®åºåä¸å¯ä»¥ä¸åãä½äºé³é¢ç¯å¢ä¸ç人åç估计æ°éå¯ä»¥ä¸åãå¨ä¸ä¸ªç¤ºä¾ä¸ï¼å¯ä»¥è°æ´åä¼åç±æ¬å£°å¨1142/144产ççé³é¢ï¼ä»¥ä¸ºç®æ ç»æäººåæ°é1152(ä¸å æ®æ´ä¸ªåºå)æè¾å¤§çäººåæ°é1154(å æ®åºåçè¾å¤§é¨å)产çç¹å®çé³é¢è¾åºãå¯ä»¥æµéæ¿é´æ··åæ°´å¹³å/æè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦ï¼å¹¶ä¸å¯ä»¥ä¼åæ¬å£°å¨ç表ç°ä»¥åºäºåºå¸è ç颿æ°éåä»ä»¬å¨åºåå çä½ç½®æ¥éåºæ··ååè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦åºåãä½äºè¯¥åºåç第ä¸é¨ååºå1152å ç人åç第ä¸ç¤ºä¾å¯è½éè¦é对该åºåçæ¿é´æ··åæ°´å¹³åè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦å/æå ¶ä»é³é¢ç¹æ§ç第ä¸ä¼åæ°´å¹³ãä½äºè¯¥åºåçè¾å¤§åºå1154å ç人åç第äºç¤ºä¾å¯è½éè¦é对âåºåâ(ä¾å¦ä¼è®®å ãä¼è®®å®¤ãåå ¬å®¤ç©ºé´ç)çæ¿é´æ··åæ°´å¹³åè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦å/æå ¶ä»é³é¢ç¹æ§ç第äºä¼åæ°´å¹³ãFigure 12 shows an automatic tuning platform configuration with a dynamic audio distribution configuration for a specific area according to an example embodiment. With reference to Figure 12, the audio configuration includes a speaker 1142/144 and a microphone 1132/1134 in a specific area. The number of speakers and microphones can be different in a specific area. The estimated number of personnel located in the audio environment can be different. In one example, the audio produced by the speaker 1142/144 can be adjusted and optimized to produce a specific audio output for a target group or number of personnel 1152 (not occupying the entire area) or a larger number of personnel 1154 (occupying a larger portion of the area). The room reverberation level and/or speech clarity can be measured, and the performance of the speaker can be optimized to adapt to the reverberation and speech clarity area based on the expected number of attendees and their positions in the area. The first example of the personnel located in the first partial area 1152 of the area may need a first optimization level for the room reverberation level and speech clarity and/or other audio characteristics of the area. A second example of persons located within a larger area 1154 of the area may require a second optimization level for room reverberation level and speech intelligibility and/or other audio characteristics for the âareaâ (e.g., a conference hall, meeting room, office space, etc.).
å¨ä¸ä¸ªç¤ºä¾ä¸ï¼è¯¥åºåä¸çé¢æäººåçæ°éå/æä»ä»¬å¨è¯¥åºåå çä½ç½®å¯ä»¥æ¯è¾å ¥å°é³é¢é 置设置è¿ç¨ä¸çåæ°æè æ¯ä¾å¦ç±æ£æµä½æ¶ä»¥åå¤å°äººåè¿å ¥å离å¼ç¹å®åºåçä¼ æå¨æå ¶ä»åé¦è®¾å¤åºäºæ¿é´å®¹éç被è¯å«çååèå¨æè°æ´çå¼ãéçåºå¸æ°´å¹³è¢«éåï¼é³é¢è¾åºå¯ä»¥è¢«ä¿®æ¹å¹¶ä¸è°æ´ä»¥äº§çå ·æä¸åæ··åå/æè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦è¾åºå¼çé³é¢è¾åºï¼è¿åå³äºæ¬å£°å¨çæ°éåå®ä»¬å¨è¯¥åºåå çä½ç½®ãä¾å¦ï¼å¦æä¸ä¸ªæä¸¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ä½äºè¯¥åºåçåé¨æè¯¥åºåç第ä¸åé¨åä¸ï¼åå½ä¼åè¿äºåé¨åºåæ¬å£°å¨çæ¬å£°å¨è¾åºæ¶ï¼å°¤å ¶æ¯å½é¢æçåºå¸äººæªè¢«é¢æå æ®è¯¥åºåçæè¿é¨åæ¶ï¼æ´ä¸ªåºåçæ··åå¼å¯è½ä¸å¤ªéè¦ãIn one example, the number of expected persons in the zone and/or their location within the zone may be parameters input into the audio configuration setup process or values that are dynamically adjusted based on identified changes in room capacity, such as by sensors or other feedback devices that detect when and how many persons enter and leave a particular zone. As attendance levels are quantified, the audio output may be modified and adjusted to produce audio outputs having different reverberation and/or speech intelligibility output values, depending on the number of speakers and their location within the zone. For example, if one or two speakers are located at the front of the zone or in the first half of the zone, the reverberation value for the entire zone may be less important when optimizing the speaker output of these front zone speakers, especially when the expected attendees are not expected to occupy the farthest portion of the zone.
å¾13示åºäºæ ¹æ®ç¤ºä¾å®æ½ä¾çå¨é³é¢è®¾ç½®ç¨åºæé´ä¸æ§å¶å¨éä¿¡ç计ç®è®¾å¤ç示ä¾ç¨æ·çé¢ãåèå¾13ï¼ä¸¤ä¸ªç¤ºä¾ç¨æ·çé¢ç¤ºåºäºå¨å¯¹æ¬å£°å¨ç³»ç»è¿è¡ä¼åä¹åçåå§å¯å¨å¨æ1310åä¼åå¯å¨å¨æ1320ãå¯ä»¥æ ¹æ®ç¹å®çè¯çº§çº§å«æ¥æµéååæåç§å¤æ®ãä¾å¦ï¼åºäºç±æ¬å£°å¨è¾åºè¯å«çåç±éº¦å 飿µéçæµéä¿¡å·ï¼æ¿é´ç®æ¡£æåå¯ä»¥è¢«è¯å«ä¸ºå ·æä¸çè°è°æ°´å¹³ãä¸çæ··åæ°´å¹³åä¸çæ¿é´åªå£°æ°´å¹³ãæè¯å«çæµéæ°´å¹³å¯ä»¥æä¾éè¦è¿è¡çç¸å¯¹è°èé以ä¼ååç§æµéæ°´å¹³ã䏿¦æ¬å£°å¨è¾åºç¼ºé·è¢«è¯å«ï¼å°±å¯ä»¥æ ¹æ®ç¨äºä¼åçåç§å¤æ®æéçä¿®æ¹éæ¥è®¡ç®æ¬å£°å¨è°æ´ãè¿æ ·çå¼å¯ä»¥å æ¬è¯é³ä¼ è¾ææ°ãè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦å¼ãæ°å滤波å¨å¼ãæ¿é´æ··åå¼ãåªå£°è°æ´å¼çãæå¾å°çä¼åå¯å¨å¨æå¯ä»¥æ¯æ´é«çç级ï¼ä¾å¦ä¸â好âçåå§å¼ç¸æ¯è¾çâé常好âã该å¼ä¸ç¹å®çææ°ææ°å¼ç¸å ³èï¼è¯¥ç¹å®çææ°ææ°å¼ä¸æ¬å£°å¨è¾åºæµéå¼ç¸å ³èãFIG. 13 illustrates an example user interface of a computing device communicating with a controller during an audio setup procedure according to an example embodiment. Referring to FIG. 13 , two example user interfaces illustrate an initial startup period 1310 and an optimized startup period 1320 after optimizing a speaker system. Various criteria may be measured and analyzed according to specific rating levels. For example, based on measurement signals identified by speaker output and measured by a microphone, a room profile may initially be identified as having a medium tuning level, a medium reverberation level, and a medium room noise level. The identified measurement levels may provide the relative amount of adjustment that needs to be made to optimize the various measurement levels. Once a speaker output defect is identified, speaker adjustments may be calculated based on the amount of modification required for the various criteria for optimization. Such values may include a speech transmission index, a speech intelligibility value, a digital filter value, a room reverberation value, a noise adjustment value, and the like. The resulting optimized startup period may be a higher rating, such as âvery goodâ compared to an initial value of âgoodâ. The value is associated with a specific index or value that is associated with the speaker output measurement value.
å¾14示åºäºæ ¹æ®ç¤ºä¾å®æ½ä¾çæ¿é´åªå£°è¡¨ç°æµéç示ä¾è¡¨ãåèå¾14ï¼è¡¨1420表示ä¸dBAåªå£°åºçç¹å®æ°å¼ãéå¼å/ææ°å¼èå´å¹é çä¸äºè¯çº§ãä½åªå£°åº(ä¾å¦å°äº30dBA)å¯ä»¥è¢«è®¤ä¸ºæ¯é常好çãå ¶ä»å¼æ¯dBAçèå´ï¼å¹¶ä¸ä¹å¯ä»¥å卿éå¼ï¼ä¾å¦50dBAæ¯åªå£°åºçâå·®âè¯çº§çåºåãè¶ è¿50dBAçä»»ä½å¼é½å¯ä»¥è¢«è®¤ä¸ºä½ä¸ºæ¿é´åªå£°çæ 忝ä¸å¯æ¥åçãFIG. 14 shows an example table of room noise performance measurements according to an example embodiment. Referring to FIG. 14 , table 1420 represents some ratings that match specific values, thresholds, and/or ranges of values for the dBA noise floor. A low noise floor (e.g., less than 30 dBA) can be considered very good. Other values are ranges of dBA, and there can also be extreme values, e.g., 50 dBA is the benchmark for a âpoorâ rating of the noise floor. Any value over 50 dBA can be considered unacceptable as a standard for room noise.
å¾15示åºäºæ ¹æ®ç¤ºä¾å®æ½ä¾çè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦æµéç示ä¾ãåèå¾15ï¼é表1520表示ç¨äºè¯é³ä¼ è¾ææ°(STI)åéç¨æ¸ æ°åº¦æ 度(CIS)çä¸ç»å»åº¦å¼ãéå¼åèå´è¡¨ç¤ºæ¥åå¼çé 对ï¼ä¾å¦âä¸å¥½âãâå·®âãâä¸è¬âãâ好âåâé常好âãæµéå¼å¯ä»¥è¢«è¯å«å¹¶ä¸ä¸ç»æè¾åºçå»åº¦å¼è¿è¡æ¯è¾ãç¨äºå±ç¤ºåå§é³é¢æ¿é´è¯çº§åä¼åé³é¢æ¿é´è¯çº§çç¨æ·çé¢çä¸ä¸ªç¤ºä¾å¯ç¤ºåºå¨åå§æ¬å£°å¨è°è°ç¨åºä¹åæµéæ¿é´é³é¢çé¢åå°è¿ç¨æ¯â好çâï¼è¯¥åå§æ¬å£°å¨è°è°è¿ç¨å æ¬ä»æ¬å£°å¨ææ¾å£°é³å¹¶ä¸ç»ç±éº¦å é£è®°å½å£°é³ä»¥ç¡®å®æ¿é´çåç§é³é¢åæ°åç¹æ§ãFIG15 illustrates an example of speech intelligibility measurement according to an example embodiment. Referring to FIG15 , a scale 1520 represents a set of scale values for a speech transmission index (STI) and a common intelligibility scale (CIS). Thresholds and ranges represent pairs of reported values, such as âbadâ, âpoorâ, âfairâ, âgoodâ, and âvery goodâ. The measured values may be identified and compared to the scale values of the resulting output. An example of a user interface for displaying an initial audio room rating and an optimized audio room rating may show that a pre-transmission process for measuring room audio is âgoodâ after an initial speaker tuning procedure that includes playing sound from a speaker and recording sound via a microphone to determine various audio parameters and characteristics of the room.
æ ¹æ®ç¤ºä¾å®æ½ä¾ï¼ä½¿ç¨å¦ä¸ç¤ºä¾ä½¿ç¨ç颿¥è¡¨ç¤ºæ¿é´åªå£°è¡¨ç°åè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦çè¯çº§å¼ã第ä¸ç¤ºä¾è¡¨æï¼åºäºä»¥åè´(dBA)为åä½çç¹å®åªå£°åºæ°´å¹³ï¼æ¿é´åªå£°è¡¨ç°å¯ä»¥æ¯âå·®âãâä¸è¬âãâ好âãâä¼âåâé常好âãè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦è¯çº§ä¹å¯ä»¥è¢«ç¡®å®ä¸ºå¨0å1ä¹é´çè¯é³ä¼ è¾ææ°(STI)ãé³é¢è°èçç±»åå¯ä»¥å æ¬åºç¨äºå¤äºç¹å®æ°´å¹³(ä¾å¦âä¸çâæ°´å¹³)çä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨çéåªãå¨âä¸çâæ°´å¹³å¤åºç¨çå声éä½ãå¯ç¨å£°éçæ°é(ä¾å¦ä¸¤ä¸ª)ãæä½¿ç¨ç声éçæ°é(ä¾å¦ä¸¤ä¸ª)çã麦å é£ä¹å¯ä»¥è¿åéåªæ°´å¹³çç±»åãå声é使°´å¹³ç被è¯å«ãAccording to an example embodiment, another example usage interface is used to represent rating values for room noise performance and speech intelligibility. The first example shows that based on a specific noise floor level in decibels (dBA), the room noise performance can be 'poor', 'average', 'good', 'excellent', and 'very good'. The speech intelligibility rating can also be determined as a speech transmission index (STI) between 0 and 1. The type of audio adjustment can include noise reduction applied to one or more speakers at a specific level (e.g., a 'medium' level), echo reduction applied at a 'medium' level, the number of available channels (e.g., two), the number of channels used (e.g., two), etc. Microphones can also be identified along with the type of noise reduction level, the echo reduction level, etc.
è¿å¯ä»¥è¯å«æäºæ¿é´ç¹æ§ï¼ä¾å¦æ¿é´æ··åçâæ··åâ(RT60)å¼ï¼å ¶è¡¨å¾å¨æ¿é´ä¸å£°é³ä¿æå¯å¬çæ¶é¿ãé«âæ··åâæ¶é´å¯è½å¯¼è´ä¼è®®ç³»ç»æ¸ æ°åº¦éä½ãæ··åæµéè¿ç¨äºè°è°éº¦å é£å¹¶ä¸å°æä½³é³é¢è´¨éééç»è¿ç«¯åä¸äººãæ··åæ¶é´ä¸ä¼è®®å®¤è¡¨ç°ç¸å ³ãä¾å¦ï¼æ¿é´è¡¨ç°è®¾ç½®æ··åæ¶é´(RT60)对äºå°äº300mså¯ä»¥æ¯âé常好âï¼å¯¹äº300-400mså¯ä»¥æ¯âä¼âï¼å¯¹äº400-500mså¯ä»¥æ¯â好âï¼å¯¹äº500-1000mså¯ä»¥æ¯âä¸çâï¼å¯¹äºå¤§äº1000mså¯ä»¥æ¯âå·®âãæ¿é´æ··å(RT60)å¹³åå¼å¨445(ms)被认为â好âãè¿å¯ä»¥è¯å«æ¯ä¸ªåé¢å¸¦çæ¿é´æ··å(RT60)ãæ··åæ¶é´åå³äºé³é¢ä¿¡å·çé¢çãRT60å¯ä»¥å¨åé¢å¸¦ä¸è¢«å¶å¾ï¼å¹¶ä¸ä¸ææ¨èç表ç°å¾è¡¨ä¸çä¿¡æ¯éå ãCertain room characteristics may also be identified, such as the 'reverberation' (RT60) value of the room reverberation, which characterizes how long sounds remain audible in the room. A high 'reverberation' time may result in reduced intelligibility in the conferencing system. Reverberation measurements are also used to tune microphones and deliver the best audio quality to far-end participants. Reverberation time is related to conference room performance. For example, the room performance setting reverberation time (RT60) may be 'very good' for less than 300ms, 'excellent' for 300-400ms, 'good' for 400-500ms, 'moderate' for 500-1000ms, and 'poor' for greater than 1000ms. The room reverberation (RT60) average is considered 'good' at 445 (ms). The room reverberation (RT60) for each octave band may also be identified. The reverberation time depends on the frequency of the audio signal. The RT60 may be plotted over the octave bands and overlaid with the information on the recommended performance chart.
å¯å¨ä¼åè¿ç¨å¯ä»¥å æ¬åºäºæ¿é´çææµéçRT60表ç°å¯¹é³é¢ç³»ç»è¿è¡ä»¥ä¸è°æ´çå¯å¨ãæ¤å¤ï¼å¯ä»¥ç¡®å®ä¾å¦å¨âä½âå¼å¤çå声æ¶é¤é线æ§å¤ç(NLP)ãå¨è¯¥è¿ç¨ç麦å é£åè¡¡é¶æ®µæé´ï¼æ¿é´åªå£°å¯ä»¥å æ¬ä¼è®®å®¤ä¸å¹²æ°è¯é³çä»»ä½å£°é³ãä¸è¬ï¼æ¿é´ä¸çåªå£°è¶å¤ï¼çè§£æäººè®²è¯å°±è¶å°é¾ãåªå£°æºéå¸¸å æ¬HVACéé£å£ãæå½±ä»ªãç §æè£ ç½®åæ¥èªç¸é»æ¿é´ç声é³ãå¯å¨è¿ç¨æ§è¡å¯¹æ¿é´ä¸çåªå£°æ°´å¹³çæµéï¼ç¶åå°éå½çéåªæ°´å¹³åºç¨äºéº¦å é£ãç»ææ¯ééå°ä¼è®®å¼å«è¿ç«¯ç声é³èç¦é³é¢ä¿¡å·ãThe startup optimization process may include a startup that makes the following adjustments to the audio system based on the measured RT60 performance of the room. In addition, the echo cancellation nonlinear processing (NLP) at a 'low' value, for example, may be determined. During the microphone equalization phase of the process, room noise may include any sound in the conference room that interferes with speech. Generally, the more noise there is in the room, the more difficult it is to understand someone speaking. Noise sources typically include HVAC vents, projectors, lighting fixtures, and sounds from adjacent rooms. The startup process performs a measurement of the noise level in the room, and then applies the appropriate noise reduction level to the microphone. The result is a sound-focused audio signal delivered to the far end of the conference call.
平忷·åæ¶é´ä¸ä¼è®®å®¤è¡¨ç°ç¸å ³ãæ¿é´åªå£°çæ°´å¹³å¯ä»¥åºäºé¢çèååãåªå£°æ å(NC)æ²çº¿å¯ä»¥ç¨äºå°æ¿é´åªå£°çå ¨é¢è°±ç¤ºåºä¸ºå个å¼ãéè¿è¯å«æªè¢«ææµéçå¼è§¦æ¸çæä½NCæ²çº¿æ¥æ¾å°NCå¼ãä¼è®®å®¤çææ¨èçNCè¯çº§å¨NC-25åNC-35ä¹é´ãThe average reverberation time is related to the conference room performance. The level of room noise can vary based on frequency. The Noise Criteria (NC) curve can be used to show the full spectrum of room noise as a single value. The NC value is found by identifying the lowest NC curve that is not touched by the measured value. The recommended NC rating for conference rooms is between NC-25 and NC-35.
å¯å¨è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥åºäºææµéçæ¿é´çæ¿é´åªå£°å¯¹é³é¢ç³»ç»è¿è¡åç§è°æ´ãä¾å¦ï¼é¢å¯å¨åªå£°æ°´å¹³å¹³åå¼å¯ä»¥è¢«è¯å«ä¸ºâ38dBâSPL Aå æï¼ä»èåºç¨çéåªæ°´å¹³ï¼âä¸çâï¼èå¯å¨ä¼åä¼ è¾åªå£°å¹³åå¼ï¼21dB SPL Aå æï¼ä»è麦å é£å£°é2å¯ä»¥è¢«ç¡®å®ãå¯ä»¥å¯¹è¿äºå¼è¿è¡å æä»¥è°æ´åªå£°æ°´å¹³ãå¯¹äºæ¬å£°å¨æâæ©é³å¨è°è°âè¿ç¨ï¼æ¯ä¸ªæ¿é´å ·æå°ç´æ¥å½±åæ¬å£°å¨è¡¨ç°ç声å¦ç¹å¾ãå¿ é¡»å°æ¬å£°å¨è°è°å°ç¹å®æ¿é´ä»¥ç¡®ä¿è¿ç«¯é³é¢æ¯æ¸ æ°ç并䏿¿é´ç¨æ·ä¸ä¼ç»åå¬åç²å³ãå¯å¨è¿ç¨æµéæ¬å£°å¨é¢çååºå¹¶ä¸å°è¯¥æµéå¼ä¸å·²ç¥çè¡¨ç°æ åè¿è¡æ¯è¾ãç¶åï¼å¯å¨è¿ç¨èªå¨è¡¥å¿æ¥èªç®æ ååºçåå以确ä¿ç¹å®æ¿é´å çå³°å¼è¡¨ç°ãThe startup process can make various adjustments to the audio system based on the measured room noise of the room. For example, the pre-startup noise level average can be identified as '38dB' SPL A-weighted, thereby applying the noise reduction level: 'Medium', while the startup optimized transmission noise average: 21dB SPL A-weighted, thereby microphone channel 2 can be determined. These values can be weighted to adjust the noise level. For the speaker or 'loudspeaker tuning' process, each room has acoustic characteristics that will directly affect the speaker performance. The speakers must be tuned to a specific room to ensure that the far-end audio is clear and that the room users do not experience listening fatigue. The startup process measures the speaker frequency response and compares this measurement to a known performance standard. The startup process then automatically compensates for variations from the target response to ensure peak performance within the specific room.
å¯å¨ä¼åå¯ä»¥å æ¬ç»ç±ä»RT60å¼ãä¿¡åªæ¯æ°´å¹³ãé¢çååºã失çãæ»ä½è®¾å¤è´¨éç导åºè¾å ¥ç夿è¿ç¨æ¥ç¡®å®æ¸ æ°åº¦ã为äºç®åè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦çæ¥åï¼å¤§å¤æ°æ åç»ç»å©ç¨æ¥åå个å¼çæµéææ¯ã该å¼çæå¸¸è§çæ 度æ¯è¯é³ä¼ è¾ææ°(STI)åéç¨æ¸ æ°åº¦æ 度(CIS)ãå¯å¨è¿ç¨éè¿è¡¥å¿æ¬å°æ¿é´å ç声å¦ç¼ºé·æ¥å½±ååç°ç»è¿ç«¯åä¸äººçé³é¢çæ¸ æ°åº¦ã该è¿ç¨è¿éè¿ç¡®ä¿æ¿é´æ¬å£°å¨å¨ä½äºæ¿é´ä¸çä¸åä½ç½®æ¶è¢«è°è°å°ç®æ 弿¥å¢å¼ºå¯¹è¿ç«¯é³é¢çæ¬å°æ¿é´è¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦ãæ¿é´çå¨å¯å¨ä¹å以åå¨éè¿è¯¥è¿ç¨ä¼åä¹åçè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦è¡¨ç°å¯ä»¥å¨è¢«è¯çº§ä¸ºâé常好âçå¼ï¼ä¾å¦0.76ãStartup optimization may include determining intelligibility via a complex process that derives inputs from RT60 values, signal-to-noise levels, frequency response, distortion, overall equipment quality, and the like. To simplify reporting of speech intelligibility, most standards organizations utilize measurement techniques that report a single value. The most common scales for this value are the Speech Transmission Index (STI) and the Common Intelligibility Scale (CIS). The startup process affects the clarity of the audio presented to the far-end participants by compensating for acoustic imperfections within the local room. The process also enhances the local room speech intelligibility to the far-end audio by ensuring that the room speakers are tuned to target values when located at different locations in the room. The speech intelligibility performance of the room after startup and after optimization by this process may be at a value rated as 'very good', such as 0.76.
éå ç宿½ä¾/示ä¾å¯ä»¥å æ¬åºäºæ¿é´ä¸çäººçæ°é以åäººå¨æ¿é´ä¸çä½ç½®çæµéï¼åå¯ä»¥æ ¹æ®æ¿é´ä¸çäººçæ°é以åäººå¨æ¿é´ä¸çä½ç½®æ¥æ¹åçæµéãæ¤å¤ï¼æ´å¤ç人å¯è½è¿æ¥èå ¶ä»äººå¯è½ç¦»å¼ï¼å æ¤ï¼äººä»¬åç(æç«ç)çå°ç¹å¯è½å空å/æå 满ãå æ¤ï¼å¯ä»¥æ§è¡ä¸ç§åºæ¯ï¼å ¶ä¸ï¼åºäºé¢æçåºå¸äººæ°åä»ä»¬å°ä½äº/å°±åçæå¯è½çä½ç½®å¯¹æ¿é´è¿è¡é¢è°è°ï¼åºäºè¿å ¥å/æç¦»å¼ç±ä¼°è®¡çæ°éææ£æµæä¼ æå¨ææ£æµçæ¿é´ç人对è°è°è¿ç¨è¿è¡å®æ¶/è¿å®æ¶æ´æ°ï¼è¯¥ä¼ æå¨å¨è°è°è¿ç¨ä¹åè¯å«è¿å ¥å离ç人å/ææ¿é´ä¸ç人çè¯é³ãéå ç示ä¾å æ¬æ£æµä»å¤©è±æ¿éº¦å é£åæ¬å£°å¨ååºç声é³ä»¥åä¿¡å·ï¼è¯¥å£°é³åä¿¡å·å¯ä»¥ç¨äºæ¬å£°å¨å®ä½/æ ¡å以åè°è°æ¿é´ãAdditional embodiments/examples may include measurements based on the number of people in the room and the positions of the people in the room, and measurements that may change based on the number of people in the room and the positions of the people in the room. In addition, more people may come in and others may leave, and therefore, the places where people sit (or stand) may become empty and/or full. Therefore, a scenario can be performed in which the room is pre-tuned based on the expected number of attendees and the most likely locations where they will be located/seated, and the tuning process is updated in real time/near real time based on people entering and/or leaving the room detected by the estimated number or detected by a sensor that recognizes the voices of people entering and leaving and/or people in the room before the tuning process. Additional examples include detecting sounds and signals emitted from ceiling microphones and speakers, which can be used for speaker positioning/calibration and tuning the room.
æ ¹æ®ä¸ä¸ªç¤ºä¾å®æ½ä¾ï¼å¯å¨è¿ç¨åºåå¯ä»¥å æ¬åºäºå ¶å¨æ¿é´ä¸çä½ç½®(ä¾å¦ï¼å®è£ å¨å¤©è±æ¿ä¸ï¼å¨æ¡åä¸ç)对已ç¥å¹¶ä¸è¿æ¥å°æ§å¶å¨ç麦å é£è¿è¡åæãæ¤å¤ï¼ç¨äºåºäºDSPè¿ç¨äº§çâæ¥åå¡âæä¸ç»æµè¯ç»æçè¿ç¨å¯å æ¬åç§æµè¯åæ£æµå°çåé¦ãAccording to an example embodiment, the startup process sequence may include profiling microphones that are known and connected to the controller based on their location in the room (e.g., mounted on the ceiling, on a table, etc.). Additionally, a process for generating a 'report card' or set of test results based on the DSP process may include various tests and detected feedback.
å¨ä¸ä¸ªç¤ºä¾ä¸ï¼å¯å¨è¿ç¨æ£æµä¸æ§å¶å¨éä¿¡çææè®¾å¤ï¼ä¾å¦è®¡ç®æºæç±»ä¼¼ç计ç®è®¾å¤ãè¿äºè®¾å¤å¯ä»¥å æ¬ä½äºæ¿é´å çåç§éº¦å é£åæ¬å£°å¨ãæ£æµè¿ç¨å¯ä»¥æµéæ¿é´ä¸è®¾å¤ç表ç°ï¼è°è°æ¬å£°å¨ä»¥åè°è(ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ª)æ¬å£°å¨æ°´å¹³ãæ¤å¤ï¼ä¹å¯ä»¥ç»ç±æ°åä¿¡å·å¤çææ¯æ¥ç¡®å®æ¿é´æ··åå¼åè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦è¯çº§ãæ¿é´æ··åç麦å é£éåªåè¡¥å¿ä¹å¯ä»¥è¢«ç¡®å®å设置ï¼ç¨äºéåçæ¬å£°å¨å麦å é£ä½¿ç¨ãå¯å¨è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥å¼èµ·æ¿é´è¯çº§ä»ç¬¬ä¸è¯çº§å为第äºè¯çº§ãä¾å¦ï¼åå§æ¿é´è¯çº§å¯ä»¥æ¯âä¸è¬âï¼éåçæ¿é´è¯çº§å¯ä»¥æ¯âé常好'ãæ¤å¤ï¼å¾å½¢ç¨æ·çé¢å¯ä»¥çææ¥åæâæ¥åå¡âï¼è¯¥æ¥åæâæ¥åå¡âè¡¨ç¤ºå¨æ§è¡è®¾ç½®/å¯å¨è¿ç¨ä¹ååä¹åçæäºæ¿é´ç¹æ§ãå¯ä»¥ä¸è½½æ¥åå¡ãåç§çæ¬çæ¥åå¡å¯ä»¥è¢«çæï¼å¹¶ä¸è¢«æ¾ç¤ºå¨ä¸æ§å¶å¨éä¿¡çç¨æ·è®¾å¤ä¸æç»ç±æ§å¶å¨è®¾å¤çæ¾ç¤ºå¨æ¾ç¤ºã妿æç»æ¥å塿¯â好âè䏿¯âé常好âï¼åå¯ä»¥å¨æ¥åå¡ä¸ç¤ºåºå ³äºå¦ä½è¿ä¸æ¥ä¼åæ¿é´é³é¢ç¹æ§ç示ä¾ãä¼è®®å®¤ç±ä¸èµ·å·¥ä½çææè®¾å¤èä¸ä» ä» æ¯ç±ç¬ç«äºå ¶ä»è®¾å¤è¢«è°è°çä¸ä¸ªåç¬ç设å¤è°è°ãå¯ä»¥ç»ç±webæµè§å¨å¨çº¿æ¥çæ¥åå/æè¯¥æ¥åå¯ä»¥ä»webæç½ç»æºè¢«ä¸è½½å°å·¥ä½ç«ãIn one example, the startup process detects all devices in communication with the controller, such as a computer or similar computing device. These devices may include various microphones and speakers located in the room. The detection process may measure the performance of the devices in the room, tune the speakers, and adjust the speaker level (one or more). In addition, the room reverberation value and speech intelligibility rating may also be determined via digital signal processing techniques. Microphone noise reduction and compensation for room reverberation may also be determined and set for subsequent speaker and microphone use. The startup process may cause the room rating to change from a first rating to a second rating. For example, the initial room rating may be 'average' and the subsequent room rating may be 'very good'. In addition, the graphical user interface may generate a report or 'report card' that represents certain room characteristics before and after performing the setup/startup process. The report card may be downloaded. Various versions of the report card may be generated and displayed on a user device in communication with the controller or via a display of the controller device. If the final report card is 'good' instead of 'very good', examples of how to further optimize the room audio characteristics may be shown on the report card. The conference room is tuned by all devices working together rather than just by a single device that is tuned independently of other devices. The report may be viewed online via a web browser and/or may be downloaded to a workstation from a web or network source.
å¨ä¸ä¸ªç¤ºä¾ä¸ï¼å½å¨è½¯ä»¶åºç¨æ¥å£ä¸æå¨æèæå°æåæ§å¶å¨ä¸çè°è°æé®æ¶ï¼å¯å¨è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥éè¿æ§å¶å¨ææ¾é³é¢è®¾ç½®è¿ç¨å¼å§ï¼è¯¥é³é¢è®¾ç½®è¿ç¨ç»ç±æä¾é³é¢çé³é¢å¤çæ°æ®æä»¶æç¤ºç¨æ·è§£é该è¿ç¨çæ¯ä¸ªæä½ãæåï¼æ§è¡è®¾å¤æ£æµè¿ç¨ä»¥è¯å«æ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨(ä¾å¦ï¼å¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨)åæ¯ä¸ªéº¦å é£çãäº¤æ¢æºå¯ä»¥æ¯è¿æ¥å°éº¦å é£ãæ¬å£°å¨åæ§å¶å¨ç以太ç½äº¤æ¢æºãå¯ä»¥çæè¯å«åå§æ¬å£°å¨è°è°åæ°(å æ¬ä½ä¸éäºæ¿é´æ··åãåªå£°åºç)çåå§è¡¨ç°æµéãå¨å£°é³åºåç±æ¬å£°å¨ææ¾å¹¶ä¸ç±éº¦å 飿£æµå°ä¹åï¼åå§è¡¨ç°æµéå¯ä»¥è¡¨ç¤ºç¹å®æ°´å¹³çæ´ä½è´¨éï¼ä¾å¦âä¸è¬âãâ好âãâé常好âãå¯ä»¥ææ¾ç¬¬ä¸é³è°ï¼ç¶åææ¾å¨æ¶é´ãé¢çãdBæ°´å¹³çæ¹é¢ä¸ç¬¬ä¸é³è°ä¸åç第äºé³è°ãå¯ä»¥å¨æ§å¶å¨çæä»¶ä¸ä¿åå¨åå§åºåæé´æè·çä¿¡æ¯ãæ¯ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨å¯ä»¥ä¸æ¬¡ä¸ä¸ªå°è¢«æµè¯å¹¶ä¸ç±ä¸¤ä¸ªéº¦å 飿µéï¼ç¶åä¸ä¸ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨å°ç±ä¸¤ä¸ªéº¦å 飿µè¯åæµéãæ¬å£°å¨å麦å é£çæ°éå¯ä»¥æ¯ä»»æçï¼å¹¶ä¸é对æ¯ç§ç±»åç设å¤å¯ä»¥å æ¬ä¸ä¸ªãä¸¤ä¸ªææ´å¤ä¸ªãç¶åå¯ä»¥éè¿æè®¡ç®çDSPåæ°æ¥ä¿®æ¹æ¿é´åªå£°åºãæ··åå¼åå ¶ä»å¼ãä¸ä¸è½®æµè¯å¯ä»¥å°è¿äºè¢«ä¿®æ¹çDSPå¼åºç¨äºæ¬å£°å¨ï¼ä»¥ç¡®å®èªåå§æµè¯ç¨åºä»¥æ¥åªå£°åºãè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦æ¯å¦å·²ç»æ¹åãå¯ä»¥éè¿ææ¾éå 声é³å¹¶ä¸ç»ç±éº¦å é£è®°å½å£°é³æ¥ç¡®å®æç»è¯çº§ãä¸ä¸ä¸ªè¯çº§åºè¯¥æ¯ä¸ä¸ä¸ªè¯çº§æ´ä¼ï¼å¹¶ä¸ç®çæ¯è¾¾å°âé常好âçè¯çº§ã该è¿ç¨ä¹å¯ä»¥æ¯èªä¸»çå¹¶ä¸å¯ä»¥ä¸éè¦ç¨æ·äº¤äºï¼ç¶èï¼é³é¢å/æLEDå¯ä»¥åå°ä¿¡å·ä»¥åä»»ä½è§å¯è æä¾å¯¹æµè¯è¿ç¨çæ´æ°ãæ¤å¤ï¼å¯ä»¥ç»ç±é³é¢ä¿¡å·æä¾åæ¥åè°æ´/æç»è¡¨ç°è¯çº§ï¼ä»¥éç¥åå§åæç»é³é¢ç¶æçä»»ä½ä½¿ç¨ãIn one example, when a tuning button on a controller is pressed manually or virtually in a software application interface, the startup process can start by the controller playing an audio setup process that instructs the user to explain each operation of the process via an audio processing data file that provides audio. Initially, a device detection process is performed to identify each speaker (e.g., multiple speakers) and each microphone, etc. The switch can be an Ethernet switch connected to the microphone, the speaker, and the controller. An initial performance measurement that identifies initial speaker tuning parameters (including but not limited to room reverberation, noise floor, etc.) can be generated. After the sound sequence is played by the speaker and detected by the microphone, the initial performance measurement can represent a specific level of overall quality, such as 'average', 'good', 'very good'. A first tone can be played, and then a second tone that is different from the first tone in terms of time, frequency, dB level, etc. can be played. The information captured during the initial sequence can be saved in a file in the controller. Each speaker can be tested and measured by two microphones one at a time, and then the next speaker will be tested and measured by two microphones. The number of speakers and microphones can be arbitrary, and can include one, two or more for each type of device. The room noise floor, reverberation values and other values can then be modified by the calculated DSP parameters. The next round of testing can apply these modified DSP values to the speakers to determine whether the noise floor, speech clarity has improved since the initial test procedure. The final rating can be determined by playing additional sounds and recording the sounds via a microphone. The next rating should be better than the previous rating, and the goal is to achieve a 'very good' rating. The process can also be autonomous and may not require user interaction, however, audio and/or LEDs can emit signals to provide updates to any observer on the test process. In addition, preliminary and adjusted/final performance ratings can be provided via audio signals to notify any use of the initial and final audio status.
åºäºä»¥åè´(dBA)为åä½çç¹å®åªå£°åºæ°´å¹³ï¼æ¿é´åªå£°è¡¨ç°å¯ä»¥è¢«è¯çº§ä¸ºâå·®âãâä¸è¬âãâ好âãâä¼âåâé常好âãè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦è¯çº§ä¹å¯ä»¥è¢«ç¡®å®ä¸ºå¨0å1ä¹é´çè¯é³ä¼ è¾ææ°(STI)ãé³é¢è°èçç±»åå¯ä»¥å æ¬åºç¨äºå¤äºç¹å®æ°´å¹³(ä¾å¦âä¸çâæ°´å¹³)çä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨çéåªãå¨âä¸çâæ°´å¹³å¤åºç¨çå声éä½ãå¯ç¨å£°éçæ°é(ä¾å¦ä¸¤ä¸ª)ãæä½¿ç¨ç声éçæ°é(ä¾å¦ä¸¤ä¸ª)ã麦å é£ä¹å¯ä»¥è¿åéåªæ°´å¹³çç±»åãå声é使°´å¹³ç被è¯å«ãRoom noise performance may be rated as 'poor', 'fair', 'good', 'excellent', and 'very good' based on a specific noise floor level in decibels (dBA). Speech intelligibility ratings may also be determined as a speech transmission index (STI) between 0 and 1. Types of audio adjustments may include noise reduction applied to one or more speakers at a specific level (e.g., a 'medium' level), echo reduction applied at a 'medium' level, the number of channels available (e.g., two), the number of channels used (e.g., two). Microphones may also be identified along with the type of noise reduction level, echo reduction level, etc.
è¿å¯ä»¥è¯å«æäºæ¿é´ç¹æ§ï¼ä¾å¦æ¿é´æ··å(RT60)å¼ï¼å ¶è¡¨å¾å¨æ¿é´ä¸å£°é³ä¿æå¯å¬çæ¶é¿ã髿··åæ¶é´å¯è½å¯¼è´ä¼è®®ç³»ç»æ¸ æ°åº¦éä½ãæ··åæµéè¿ç¨äºè°è°éº¦å é£å¹¶ä¸å°æä½³é³é¢è´¨éééç»è¿ç«¯åä¸äººãæ··åæ¶é´ä¸ä¼è®®å®¤è¡¨ç°ç¸å ³ãä¾å¦ï¼æ¿é´è¡¨ç°è®¾ç½®æ··åæ¶é´(RT60)对äºå°äº300mså¯ä»¥æ¯âé常好âï¼å¯¹äº300-400mså¯ä»¥æ¯âä¼âï¼å¯¹äº400-500mså¯ä»¥æ¯å¥½ï¼å¯¹äº500-1000mså¯ä»¥æ¯âä¸çâï¼å¯¹äºå¤§äº1000mså¯ä»¥æ¯âå·®âãæ¿é´æ··å(RT60)å¹³åå¼å¨445(ms)为â好âãè¿å¯ä»¥è¯å«æ¯ä¸ªåé¢å¸¦çæ¿é´æ··å(RT60)ãæ··åæ¶é´åå³äºé³é¢ä¿¡å·çé¢çãRT60å¯ä»¥å¨åé¢å¸¦ä¸è¢«å¶å¾ï¼å¹¶ä¸ä¸ææ¨èç表ç°å¾è¡¨ä¸çä¿¡æ¯éå ãCertain room characteristics may also be identified, such as the room reverberation (RT60) value, which characterizes how long sounds remain audible in the room. High reverberation time may result in reduced intelligibility in the conferencing system. Reverberation measurements are also used to tune microphones and deliver optimal audio quality to far-end participants. Reverberation time is related to conference room performance. For example, the room performance setting reverberation time (RT60) may be 'very good' for less than 300ms, 'excellent' for 300-400ms, 'good' for 400-500ms, 'medium' for 500-1000ms, and 'poor' for greater than 1000ms. The room reverberation (RT60) average is 'good' at 445 (ms). The room reverberation (RT60) for each octave band may also be identified. The reverberation time depends on the frequency of the audio signal. The RT60 may be plotted over the octave bands and overlaid with the information on the recommended performance chart.
å¯å¨ä¼åè¿ç¨å¯ä»¥å æ¬åºäºæ¿é´çææµéçRT60表ç°å¯¹é³é¢ç³»ç»è¿è¡ä»¥ä¸è°æ´çå¯å¨ãæ¤å¤ï¼å¯ä»¥ç¡®å®ä¾å¦å¨âä½âå¼å¤çå声æ¶é¤é线æ§å¤ç(NLP)ãå¨è¯¥è¿ç¨ç麦å é£åè¡¡é¶æ®µæé´ï¼æ¿é´åªå£°å¯ä»¥å æ¬ä¼è®®å®¤ä¸å¹²æ°è¯é³çä»»ä½å£°é³ãä¸è¬ï¼æ¿é´ä¸çåªå£°è¶å¤ï¼çè§£æäººè®²è¯å°±è¶å°é¾ãåªå£°æºéå¸¸å æ¬HVACéé£å£ãæå½±ä»ªãç §æè£ ç½®åæ¥èªç¸é»æ¿é´ç声é³ãå¯å¨è¿ç¨æ§è¡å¯¹æ¿é´ä¸çåªå£°æ°´å¹³çæµéï¼ç¶åå°éå½çéåªæ°´å¹³åºç¨äºéº¦å é£ãç»ææ¯ééå°ä¼è®®å¼å«è¿ç«¯ç声é³èç¦é³é¢ä¿¡å·ãThe startup optimization process may include a startup that makes the following adjustments to the audio system based on the measured RT60 performance of the room. In addition, the echo cancellation nonlinear processing (NLP) at a 'low' value, for example, may be determined. During the microphone equalization phase of the process, room noise may include any sound in the conference room that interferes with speech. Generally, the more noise there is in the room, the more difficult it is to understand someone speaking. Noise sources typically include HVAC vents, projectors, lighting fixtures, and sounds from adjacent rooms. The startup process performs a measurement of the noise level in the room, and then applies the appropriate noise reduction level to the microphone. The result is a sound-focused audio signal delivered to the far end of the conference call.
平忷·åæ¶é´ä¸ä¼è®®å®¤è¡¨ç°ç¸å ³ãæ¿é´åªå£°çæ°´å¹³å¯ä»¥åºäºé¢çèååãåªå£°æ å(NC)æ²çº¿å¯ä»¥ç¨äºå°æ¿é´åªå£°çå ¨é¢è°±ç¤ºåºä¸ºå个å¼ãéè¿è¯å«æªè¢«ææµéçå¼è§¦æ¸çæä½NCæ²çº¿æ¥æ¾å°NCå¼ãä¼è®®å®¤çææ¨èçNCè¯çº§å¨NC-25åNC-35ä¹é´ãThe average reverberation time is related to the conference room performance. The level of room noise can vary based on frequency. The Noise Criteria (NC) curve can be used to show the full spectrum of room noise as a single value. The NC value is found by identifying the lowest NC curve that is not touched by the measured value. The recommended NC rating for conference rooms is between NC-25 and NC-35.
å¯å¨è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥åºäºææµéçæ¿é´çæ¿é´åªå£°å¯¹é³é¢ç³»ç»è¿è¡åç§è°æ´ãä¾å¦ï¼é¢å¯å¨åªå£°æ°´å¹³å¹³åå¼å¯ä»¥è¢«è¯å«ä¸ºâ38dBâSPL Aå æï¼ä»èåºç¨çéåªæ°´å¹³ï¼âä¸çâï¼èå¯å¨ä¼åä¼ è¾åªå£°å¹³åå¼ï¼21dB SPL Aå æï¼ä»è麦å é£å£°é2å¯ä»¥è¢«ç¡®å®ãå¯ä»¥å¯¹è¿äºå¼è¿è¡å æä»¥è°æ´åªå£°æ°´å¹³ãå¯¹äºæ¬å£°å¨æâæ©é³å¨è°è°âè¿ç¨ï¼æ¯ä¸ªæ¿é´å ·æå°ç´æ¥å½±åæ¬å£°å¨è¡¨ç°ç声å¦ç¹å¾ãå¿ é¡»å°æ¬å£°å¨è°è°å°ç¹å®æ¿é´ä»¥ç¡®ä¿è¿ç«¯é³é¢æ¯æ¸ æ°ç并䏿¿é´ç¨æ·ä¸ä¼ç»åå¬åç²å³ãå¯å¨è¿ç¨æµéæ¬å£°å¨é¢çååºå¹¶ä¸å°è¯¥æµéå¼ä¸å·²ç¥çè¡¨ç°æ åè¿è¡æ¯è¾ãç¶åï¼å¯å¨è¿ç¨èªå¨è¡¥å¿æ¥èªç®æ ååºçåå以确ä¿ç¹å®æ¿é´å çå³°å¼è¡¨ç°ãThe startup process can make various adjustments to the audio system based on the measured room noise of the room. For example, the pre-startup noise level average can be identified as '38dB' SPL A-weighted, thereby applying the noise reduction level: 'Medium', while the startup optimized transmission noise average: 21dB SPL A-weighted, thereby microphone channel 2 can be determined. These values can be weighted to adjust the noise level. For the speaker or 'loudspeaker tuning' process, each room has acoustic characteristics that will directly affect the speaker performance. The speakers must be tuned to a specific room to ensure that the far-end audio is clear and that the room users do not experience listening fatigue. The startup process measures the speaker frequency response and compares this measurement to a known performance standard. The startup process then automatically compensates for variations from the target response to ensure peak performance within the specific room.
å¯å¨ä¼åå¯ä»¥å æ¬ç»ç±ä»RT60å¼ãä¿¡åªæ¯æ°´å¹³ãé¢çååºã失çãæ»ä½è®¾å¤è´¨éç导åºè¾å ¥ç夿è¿ç¨æ¥ç¡®å®æ¸ æ°åº¦ã为äºç®åè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦çæ¥åï¼å¤§å¤æ°æ åç»ç»å©ç¨æ¥åå个å¼çæµéææ¯ã该å¼çæå¸¸è§çæ 度æ¯è¯é³ä¼ è¾ææ°(STI)åéç¨æ¸ æ°åº¦æ 度(CIS)ãå¯å¨è¿ç¨éè¿è¡¥å¿æ¬å°æ¿é´å ç声å¦ç¼ºé·æ¥å½±ååç°ç»è¿ç«¯åä¸äººçé³é¢çæ¸ æ°åº¦ã该è¿ç¨è¿éè¿ç¡®ä¿æ¿é´æ¬å£°å¨å¨ä½äºæ¿é´ä¸çä¸åä½ç½®æ¶è¢«è°è°å°ç®æ 弿¥å¢å¼ºå¯¹è¿ç«¯é³é¢çæ¬å°æ¿é´è¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦ãæ¿é´çå¨å¯å¨ä¹å以åå¨éè¿è¯¥è¿ç¨ä¼åä¹åçè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦è¡¨ç°å¯ä»¥å¨è¢«è¯çº§ä¸ºâé常好âçå¼ï¼ä¾å¦0.76ãStartup optimization may include determining intelligibility via a complex process that derives inputs from RT60 values, signal-to-noise levels, frequency response, distortion, overall equipment quality, and the like. To simplify reporting of speech intelligibility, most standards organizations utilize measurement techniques that report a single value. The most common scales for this value are the Speech Transmission Index (STI) and the Common Intelligibility Scale (CIS). The startup process affects the clarity of the audio presented to the far-end participants by compensating for acoustic imperfections within the local room. The process also enhances the local room speech intelligibility to the far-end audio by ensuring that the room speakers are tuned to target values when located at different locations in the room. The speech intelligibility performance of the room after startup and after optimization by this process may be rated at a value of 'very good', such as 0.76.
éå ç宿½ä¾/示ä¾å¯ä»¥å æ¬åºäºæ¿é´ä¸ç人以åäººå¨æ¿é´ä¸çä½ç½®çæµéï¼åå¯ä»¥æ ¹æ®æ¿é´ä¸ç人以åäººå¨æ¿é´ä¸çä½ç½®æ¥æ¹åçæµéãæ¤å¤ï¼æ´å¤ç人å¯è½è¿æ¥èå ¶ä»äººå¯è½ç¦»å¼ï¼å æ¤ï¼äººä»¬åç(æç«ç)çå°ç¹å¯è½å空å/æå 满ãå æ¤ï¼å¯ä»¥æ§è¡ä¸ç§åºæ¯ï¼å ¶ä¸ï¼åºäºé¢æçåºå¸äººæ°åä»ä»¬å°ä½äº/å°±åçæå¯è½çä½ç½®å¯¹æ¿é´è¿è¡é¢è°è°ï¼åºäºè¿å ¥å/æç¦»å¼ç±ä¼°è®¡çæ°éææ£æµæä¼ æå¨ææ£æµçæ¿é´ç人对è°è°è¿ç¨è¿è¡å®æ¶/è¿å®æ¶æ´æ°ï¼è¯¥ä¼ æå¨å¨è°è°è¿ç¨ä¹åè¯å«è¿å ¥å离ç人å/ææ¿é´ä¸ç人çè¯é³ãéå 示ä¾å æ¬æ£æµä»å¤©è±æ¿éº¦å é£åæ¬å£°å¨ååºç声é³ä»¥åä¿¡å·(绿è²å红è²)ï¼è¯¥å£°é³ä»¥åä¿¡å·å¯ä»¥ç¨äºæ¬å£°å¨å®ä½/æ ¡å以åè°è°æ¿é´ãAdditional embodiments/examples may include measurements based on people in the room and their positions in the room, and measurements that may change based on people in the room and their positions in the room. In addition, more people may come in and others may leave, and therefore, places where people sit (or stand) may become empty and/or full. Therefore, a scenario can be performed in which the room is pre-tuned based on the expected number of attendees and the most likely locations where they will be located/seated, and the tuning process is updated in real time/near real time based on people entering and/or leaving the room detected by the estimated number or detected by a sensor that recognizes the voices of people entering and leaving and/or people in the room before the tuning process. Additional examples include detecting sounds and signals (green and red) emitted from ceiling microphones and speakers, which can be used for speaker positioning/calibration and tuning the room.
å¾16示åºäºæ ¹æ®ç¤ºä¾å®æ½ä¾çç¨äºç¡®å®æ¿é´çåå§é³é¢ç®æ¡£å¹¶ä¸ä¼åé³é¢ç®æ¡£çè¿ç¨çç¤ºä¾æµç¨å¾ãä¸ä¸ªç¤ºä¾è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥å æ¬ç»ç±æ§å¶å¨æ£æµåºåä¸çä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£åä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨1612ãè¯¥æ£æµå¯ä»¥éè¿ç±æ§å¶å¨æ£æµçæ 线ææçº¿ä¿¡å·æ¥å®ç°ï¼è¯¥æ§å¶å¨å¯ä»¥å æ¬ç½ç»è®¾å¤ãè®¡ç®æºå/æç±»ä¼¼çæ°æ®å¤ç设å¤ã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬æµéä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£åä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨çé³é¢è¡¨ç°æ°´å¹³ï¼ä»¥è¯å«åªå£°åºåæ··åæ°´å¹³ä¸çä¸è æå¤è 1614ï¼åºäºé³é¢è¡¨ç°æ°´å¹³è¯å«åå§æ¿é´è¡¨ç°è¯çº§1616ãè¯çº§å¯ä»¥æ¯ä¸(ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ª)ææµéçå¼çç¹å®æ°å¼ç¸å ³èçç¦»æ£æ°´å¹³ã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬å°ä¼åçæ¬å£°å¨è°è°æ°´å¹³åºç¨äºä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨åä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£1618ï¼ä¼åçæ¬å£°å¨è°è°æ°´å¹³å¯ä»¥å æ¬å¹ åº¦ãæ»¤æ³¢å¨ãçµååä¿®æ¹æ¬å£°å¨è¡¨ç°çå ¶ä»æ°åä¿¡å·ã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬ç»ç±ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£åºäºæåºç¨çä¼åçæ¬å£°å¨è°è°æ°´å¹³æµéä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨çé³é¢è¡¨ç°æ°´å¹³1620ï¼ä»¥ååºäºæåºç¨çä¼åçæ¬å£°å¨è°è°çææ¥å以è¯å«ä¼åçæ¿é´è¡¨ç°è¯çº§1622ãå¯ä»¥å¯¹ä¼åçæ¬å£°å¨è¡¨ç°è¿è¡å级åçè§ï¼ä»¥ç¡®ä¿å®ç°ä¼åæ°´å¹³ãFIG. 16 shows an example flow chart of a process for determining an initial audio profile for a room and optimizing the audio profile according to an example embodiment. An example process may include detecting one or more microphones and one or more speakers in an area via a controller 1612. The detection may be achieved via a wireless or wired signal detected by a controller, which may include a network device, a computer, and/or similar data processing device. The process may also include measuring the audio performance level of the one or more microphones and one or more speakers to identify one or more of the noise floor and the reverberation level 1614, and identifying an initial room performance rating 1616 based on the audio performance level. The rating may be a discrete level associated with a specific numerical value of the measured value (one or more). The process may also include applying an optimized speaker tuning level to one or more speakers and one or more microphones 1618, and the optimized speaker tuning level may include amplitude, filter, voltage, and other digital signals that modify the speaker performance. The process may also include measuring the audio performance level of one or more speakers based on the applied optimized speaker tuning level 1620 via one or more microphones; and generating a report based on the applied optimized speaker tuning to identify the optimized room performance rating 1622. Optimized loudspeaker performance can be graded and monitored to ensure that optimized levels are achieved.
该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬åºç¨åå§æ¬å£°å¨è°è°æ°´å¹³ä»¥åºç¨äºä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬ï¼æµéé³é¢è¡¨ç°æ°´å¹³å æ¬åºäºç®æ å¼(ä¾å¦ç®æ æ°´å¹³æä½ä¸ºçæ³æ°´å¹³çåºå)æ¥æµéæ··åå¼ãåªå£°æ°´å¹³åè¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦å¼ã该æ¥åå¯ä»¥å æ¬åºäºä¼åçæ¬å£°å¨è°è°æ°´å¹³çæ¿é´ççº§ãæ¿é´æ··åè¡¥å¿åæ¿é´åªå£°æ°´å¹³ãåå§æ¿é´è¡¨ç°è¯çº§è¢«åé 第ä¸ç级ï¼èä¼åçæ¿é´è¡¨ç°è¯çº§è¢«åé æ¯ç¬¬ä¸ç级æ´é«åæ´ä¼ç第äºç级ã该æ´é«çç级å¯ä»¥å æ¬ä¸ææµéçå¼ç¸å ³èçä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªå¼ï¼ææµéç弿¯ä¸åçå¹¶ä¸è¢«è®¤ä¸ºæ¯åå§æµéç弿´ä¼ãä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£åä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨çé³é¢è¡¨ç°æ°´å¹³çæµéåºäºç®æ æ°´å¹³ï¼å¹¶ä¸å¯ä»¥å æ¬è¯å«éº¦å é£çæ°éã使ç¨ä¸çæ¬å£°å¨çæ°éåç®æ 声å级ãThe process may also include applying an initial speaker tuning level to apply to one or more speakers. The process may also include: measuring the audio performance level includes measuring reverberation values, noise levels, and speech intelligibility values based on target values (e.g., target levels or as a benchmark for ideal levels). The report may include a room grade, room reverberation compensation, and room noise level based on the optimized speaker tuning level. The initial room performance rating is assigned a first grade, while the optimized room performance rating is assigned a second grade that is higher and better than the first grade. The higher grade may include one or more values associated with the measured value, which is different and is considered to be better than the initial measured value. The measurement of the audio performance level of one or more microphones and one or more speakers is based on the target level and may include identifying the number of microphones, the number of speakers in use, and the target sound pressure level.
å¾17示åºäºæ ¹æ®ç¤ºä¾å®æ½ä¾çç¨äºåºäºçæ³é¢çååºæ¥ç¡®å®æ¿é´çåå§é³é¢ç®æ¡£å¹¶ä¸å°è¯ä¿®æ¹é³é¢ç®æ¡£çè¿ç¨çç¤ºä¾æµç¨å¾ãåèå¾17ï¼è¯¥è¿ç¨å¯ä»¥å æ¬ç»ç±æ§å¶å¨æ£æµåºåä¸çä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªéº¦å é£åä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨1712ï¼ç»ç±ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªéº¦å 飿µéç±ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨å¨åºåå çæçé³é¢ä¿¡å·çåå§é¢çååºï¼ä»¥åçæåå§æ¿é´è¡¨ç°è¯çº§1714ã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬å°åå§é¢çååºä¸ç®æ é¢çååºè¿è¡æ¯è¾1716ï¼åºäºæ¯è¾å建é³é¢è¡¥å¿å¼ä»¥åºç¨äºä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨1718ï¼å°é³é¢è¡¥å¿å¼åºç¨äºä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨1720ï¼ä»¥ååºäºæåºç¨çè¡¥å¿å¼çææ¥å以è¯å«ä¼åçæ¿é´è¡¨ç°è¯çº§ï¼èä¼åçæ¿é´è¡¨ç°è¯çº§äº§çæ¯ä¸åå§æ¿é´è¡¨ç°è¯çº§ç¸å ³èçé³é¢è¡¨ç°å¼æ´ä¼çä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªå¢å¼ºçé³é¢è¡¨ç°å¼1722ãFIG17 shows an example flow chart of a process for determining an initial audio profile of a room based on an ideal frequency response and attempting to modify the audio profile according to an example embodiment. Referring to FIG17 , the process may include detecting one or more microphones and one or more speakers in a zone via a controller 1712, measuring an initial frequency response of an audio signal generated by one or more speakers in the zone via the one or more microphones, and generating an initial room performance rating 1714. The process may also include comparing the initial frequency response to a target frequency response 1716, creating an audio compensation value based on the comparison to apply to one or more speakers 1718, applying the audio compensation value to the one or more speakers 1720, and generating a report based on the applied compensation value to identify an optimized room performance rating, and the optimized room performance rating produces one or more enhanced audio performance values 1722 that are better than the audio performance value associated with the initial room performance rating.
该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬ç¡®å®å¨é³é¢åç°æé´è¦å æ®åºåç人åç颿å¯åº¦ï¼å¨å°è¡¥å¿å¼åºç¨äºä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ä¹åæµéåå§è¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦è¯åï¼ä»¥ååºäºæäº§ççåå§è¯é³æ¸ æ°åº¦è¯åç¡®å®æéçé³é¢è¡¥å¿å¼ä»¥å®ç°ç±ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨äº§ççç®æ æ¸ æ°åº¦è¯åï¼è¯¥ç®æ æ¸ æ°åº¦è¯åå°éåºäººåç颿å¯åº¦ãç¡®å®è¦å æ®åºåç人åç颿å¯åº¦å¯ä»¥å æ¬ç¡®å®äººåçå¯è½ä½ç½®ï¼ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨å æ¬ä½äºåºåçä¸åä½ç½®çä¸¤ä¸ªææ´å¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ï¼é³é¢è¡¥å¿å¼å æ¬ä¸ºä¸¤ä¸ªææ´å¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ä¸çæ¯ä¸è å建çç¸åºä¸¤ä¸ªææ´å¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ä¼åå¼ã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬å°ä¸¤ä¸ªææ´å¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ä¼åå¼åºç¨äºæé è¿äººåçå¯è½ä½ç½®çä¸¤ä¸ªææ´å¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬å½ä¼ æå¨æ£æµå°è¿å ¥æç¦»å¼åºåçäººæ°æ¹åæ¶ï¼è°æ´ä¸¤ä¸ªææ´å¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ä¼åå¼ã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬å¨å°è¡¥å¿å¼åºç¨äºä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨ä¹åï¼ç»ç±ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªéº¦å 飿µéç±ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ¬å£°å¨å¨åºåå çæçç»è¡¥å¿çé³é¢ä¿¡å·çç»è¡¥å¿çé¢çååºã该è¿ç¨è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬å°ææµéçç»è¡¥å¿çé¢çååºä¸ç®æ é¢çååºè¿è¡æ¯è¾ï¼ä»¥åç¡®è®¤ææµéçè¡¥å¿é¢çååºæ¯åå§é¢çååºæ´é è¿ç®æ é¢çååºå¼ãThe process may also include determining an expected density of people to occupy the area during the audio presentation, measuring an initial speech intelligibility score before applying the compensation value to one or more speakers, and determining the required audio compensation value based on the generated initial speech intelligibility score to achieve a target intelligibility score produced by the one or more speakers, the target intelligibility score will accommodate the expected density of people. Determining the expected density of people to occupy the area may include determining possible locations of people, the one or more speakers include two or more speakers located at different locations of the area, and the audio compensation value includes corresponding two or more speaker optimization values created for each of the two or more speakers. The process may also include applying the two or more speaker optimization values to the two or more speakers closest to the possible locations of the people. The process may also include adjusting the two or more speaker optimization values when the sensor detects a change in the number of people entering or leaving the area. The process may also include measuring a compensated frequency response of a compensated audio signal generated by the one or more speakers in the area via one or more microphones after applying the compensation value to the one or more speakers. The process may also include comparing the measured compensated frequency response with the target frequency response, and confirming that the measured compensated frequency response is closer to the target frequency response value than the initial frequency response.
å¨ä¸ä¸ªç¤ºä¾ä¸ï¼å¯å¨ä¼åè¿ç¨å¯ä»¥è¯å«å¹¶ä¸è°æ´ç¬¬ä¸éº¦å é£â1âï¼ç¬¬ä¸éº¦å é£â1âå ·æ34dB SPL A-å æçé¢å¯å¨åªå£°æ°´å¹³å¹³åå¼ä»¥å23dB SPL A-å æçå¯å¨ä¼åä¼ è¾åªå£°æ°´å¹³å¹³åå¼ï¼å ¶ä¸æåºç¨çåªå£°æ°´å¹³åå°ä¸ºâä½âã第äºéº¦å é£'2'å¯ä»¥å ·æ34dB SPL A-å æçé¢å¯å¨åªå£°æ°´å¹³å¹³åå¼ä»¥å24dB SPL A-å æçå¯å¨ä¼åä¼ è¾åªå£°æ°´å¹³å¹³åå¼ï¼å ¶ä¸æåºç¨çåªå£°æ°´å¹³éä½ä¸ºâä½'ãæ¯ä¸ªæ¿é´å ·æå°å½±åæ¬å£°å¨è¡¨ç°ç声å¦ç¹å¾ï¼å¹¶ä¸è°è°è¢«éè¦ä»¥ç¡®ä¿è¿ç«¯é³é¢æ¯æ¸ æ°ç并䏿æç¨æ·å¯ä»¥å¨æ´ä¸ªåºå䏿佳å°å¬å°é³é¢ãæµéæ¬å£°å¨é¢çååºå¹¶ä¸å°(ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ª)æµéå¼ä¸å·²ç¥ç表ç°å¼è¿è¡æ¯è¾ï¼ä»¥å对æ¥èªç®æ ååºçååå¯å¨èªå¨è¡¥å¿ç¡®ä¿äºè¯¥æ¿é´ä¸çå³°å¼è¡¨ç°ãIn one example, the startup optimization process may identify and adjust a first microphone '1' having a 34dB SPL A-weighted pre-startup noise level average and a 23dB SPL A-weighted startup optimized transmission noise level average, with the applied noise level reduced to 'low'. A second microphone '2' may have a 34dB SPL A-weighted pre-startup noise level average and a 24dB SPL A-weighted startup optimized transmission noise level average, with the applied noise level reduced to 'low'. Each room has acoustic characteristics that will affect the speaker performance, and tuning is required to ensure that the far-end audio is clear and that all users can hear the audio optimally throughout the area. Measuring the speaker frequency response and comparing the measured value(s) to known performance values, and enabling automatic compensation for variations from the target response ensures peak performance in the room.
ç»åæ¬æå ¬å¼ç宿½ä¾æè¿°çæ¹æ³æç®æ³çæä½å¯ä»¥è¢«ç´æ¥ä½ç°å¨ç¡¬ä»¶ä¸ãç±å¤ç卿§è¡çè®¡ç®æºç¨åºä¸æä¸¤è çç»åä¸ãè®¡ç®æºç¨åºå¯ä»¥å æ¬å¨è®¡ç®æºå¯è¯»ä»è´¨ä¸ï¼ä¾å¦åå¨ä»è´¨ãä¾å¦ï¼è®¡ç®æºç¨åºå¯ä»¥é©»çå¨éæºåååå¨å¨(âRAMâ)ãéªåãåªè¯»åå¨å¨(âROMâ)ã坿¦é¤å¯ç¼ç¨åªè¯»åå¨å¨(âEPROMâ)ãçµå¯æ¦é¤å¯ç¼ç¨åªè¯»åå¨å¨(âEEPROMâ)ãå¯åå¨ã硬çãå¯ç§»å¨çãå çåªè¯»åå¨å¨(âCD-ROMâ)ææ¬é¢åå·²ç¥çä»»ä½å ¶ä»å½¢å¼çåå¨ä»è´¨ä¸ãThe operation of the method or algorithm described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein may be directly embodied in hardware, in a computer program executed by a processor, or in a combination of the two. The computer program may be included on a computer-readable medium, such as a storage medium. For example, the computer program may reside in a random access memory ("RAM"), a flash memory, a read-only memory ("ROM"), an erasable programmable read-only memory ("EPROM"), an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory ("EEPROM"), a register, a hard disk, a removable disk, a compact disk read-only memory ("CD-ROM"), or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
å¾18并䏿¨å¨å¯¹æ¬ææè¿°çç³è¯·ç宿½ä¾ç使ç¨èå´æåè½æåºä»»ä½éå¶ãæ 论å¦ä½ï¼è®¡ç®èç¹1800è½å¤å®ç°å/ææ§è¡ä¸æéè¿°çä»»ä½åè½ã18 is not intended to impose any limitation on the scope of use or functionality of the embodiments of the application described herein. Regardless, computing node 1800 is capable of implementing and/or performing any of the functions set forth above.
å¨è®¡ç®èç¹1800ä¸ï¼åå¨è®¡ç®æºç³»ç»/æå¡å¨1802ï¼å ¶å¯ä»¥ä¸è®¸å¤å ¶ä»éç¨æä¸ç¨è®¡ç®ç³»ç»ç¯å¢æé ç½®ä¸èµ·æä½ãå¯ä»¥éç¨äºè®¡ç®æºç³»ç»/æå¡å¨1802ç伿å¨ç¥ç计ç®ç³»ç»ãç¯å¢å/æé ç½®ç示ä¾å æ¬ä½ä¸éäºï¼ä¸ªäººè®¡ç®æºç³»ç»ãæå¡å¨è®¡ç®æºç³»ç»ãç¦å®¢æ·ç«¯ãå¯å®¢æ·ç«¯ãææå¼æèä¸å设å¤ãå¤å¤çå¨ç³»ç»ãåºäºå¾®å¤çå¨çç³»ç»ãæºé¡¶çãå¯ç¼ç¨æ¶è´¹çµå产åãç½ç»PCãå°åè®¡ç®æºç³»ç»ã大åè®¡ç®æºç³»ç»ä»¥åå æ¬ä¸è¿°ç³»ç»æè®¾å¤ä¸çä»»ä½ä¸ä¸ªçåå¸å¼äºè®¡ç®ç¯å¢çãIn computing node 1800, there is a computer system/server 1802, which can operate with many other general or special computing system environments or configurations. Examples of well-known computing systems, environments, and/or configurations that can be suitable for computer system/server 1802 include, but are not limited to: personal computer systems, server computer systems, thin clients, rich clients, handheld or laptop devices, multiprocessor systems, microprocessor-based systems, set-top boxes, programmable consumer electronics, network PCs, minicomputer systems, mainframe computer systems, and distributed cloud computing environments including any of the above systems or devices, etc.
å¯ä»¥å¨ç±è®¡ç®æºç³»ç»æ§è¡çè®¡ç®æºç³»ç»å¯æ§è¡æä»¤çä¸è¬ä¸ä¸æ(ä¾å¦ç¨åºæ¨¡å)ä¸æè¿°è®¡ç®æºç³»ç»/æå¡å¨1802ãé常ï¼ç¨åºæ¨¡åå¯å æ¬æ§è¡ç¹å®ä»»å¡æå®ç°ç¹å®æ½è±¡æ°æ®ç±»åçä¾ç¨ãç¨åºã对象ãç»ä»¶ãé»è¾ãæ°æ®ç»æçãå¯ä»¥å¨åå¸å¼äºè®¡ç®ç¯å¢ä¸å®è·µè®¡ç®æºç³»ç»/æå¡å¨1802ï¼å¨åå¸å¼äºè®¡ç®ç¯å¢ä¸ä»»å¡ç±éè¿éä¿¡ç½ç»é¾æ¥çè¿ç¨å¤çè®¾å¤æ§è¡ãå¨åå¸å¼äºè®¡ç®ç¯å¢ä¸ï¼ç¨åºæ¨¡åå¯ä»¥ä½äºå æ¬åå¨å¨åå¨è®¾å¤çæ¬å°åè¿ç¨è®¡ç®æºç³»ç»åå¨ä»è´¨ä¸ãComputer system/server 1802 may be described in the general context of computer system executable instructions executed by a computer system, such as program modules. Generally, program modules may include routines, programs, objects, components, logic, data structures, etc. that perform specific tasks or implement specific abstract data types. Computer system/server 1802 may be practiced in a distributed cloud computing environment where tasks are performed by remote processing devices that are linked through a communications network. In a distributed cloud computing environment, program modules may be located in both local and remote computer system storage media including memory storage devices.
å¦å¾18æç¤ºï¼ä»¥éç¨è®¡ç®è®¾å¤çå½¢å¼ç¤ºåºäºè®¡ç®èç¹1800ä¸çè®¡ç®æºç³»ç»/æå¡å¨1802ãè®¡ç®æºç³»ç»/æå¡å¨1802çç»ä»¶å¯ä»¥å æ¬ä½ä¸éäºï¼ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªå¤ç卿å¤çåå 1804ãç³»ç»åå¨å¨1806ã以åå°å æ¬ç³»ç»åå¨å¨1806çåç§ç³»ç»ç»ä»¶è¦åå°å¤çå¨1804çæ»çº¿ãAs shown in Figure 18, a computer system/server 1802 in a cloud computing node 1800 is shown in the form of a general-purpose computing device. The components of the computer system/server 1802 may include, but are not limited to, one or more processors or processing units 1804, a system memory 1806, and a bus that couples various system components including the system memory 1806 to the processor 1804.
æ»çº¿è¡¨ç¤ºä»»ä½è¥å¹²ç§ç±»åçæ»çº¿ç»æä¸çä¸ç§æå¤ç§ï¼å æ¬åå¨å¨æ»çº¿æåå¨å¨æ§å¶å¨ãå¤å´æ»çº¿ãå éå¾å½¢ç«¯å£ä»¥å使ç¨åç§æ»çº¿æ¶æä¸çä»»ä½ä¸ç§çå¤ç卿å±é¨æ»çº¿ãä½ä¸ºç¤ºä¾èééå¶ï¼è¿ç§æ¶æå æ¬å·¥ä¸æ åæ¶æ(ISA)æ»çº¿ã微声鿶æ(MCA)æ»çº¿ãå¢å¼ºåISA(EISA)æ»çº¿ãè§é¢çµåæ ååä¼(VESA)æ¬å°æ»çº¿åå¤å´ç»ä»¶äºè¿(PCI)æ»çº¿ãBus refers to one or more of any of several types of bus structures, including a memory bus or memory controller, a peripheral bus, an accelerated graphics port, and a processor or local bus using any of a variety of bus architectures. By way of example and not limitation, such architectures include an Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus, a Micro Channel Architecture (MCA) bus, an Enhanced ISA (EISA) bus, a Video Electronics Standards Association (VESA) local bus, and a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) bus.
è®¡ç®æºç³»ç»/æå¡å¨1802éå¸¸å æ¬åç§è®¡ç®æºç³»ç»å¯è¯»ä»è´¨ãè¿ç§ä»è´¨å¯ä»¥æ¯å¯ç±è®¡ç®æºç³»ç»/æå¡å¨1802访é®çä»»ä½å¯ç¨ä»è´¨ï¼å¹¶ä¸å®å æ¬æå¤±æ§åéæå¤±æ§ä»è´¨ãå¯ç§»å¨åä¸å¯ç§»å¨ä»è´¨ãå¨ä¸ä¸ªå®æ½ä¾ä¸ï¼ç³»ç»åå¨å¨1806å®ç°å ¶ä»éå¾çæµç¨å¾ãç³»ç»åå¨å¨1806å¯ä»¥å æ¬æå¤±æ§åå¨å¨å½¢å¼çè®¡ç®æºç³»ç»å¯è¯»ä»è´¨ï¼ä¾å¦éæºåååå¨å¨(RAM)1810å/æç¼å²åå¨å¨1812ãè®¡ç®æºç³»ç»/æå¡å¨1802è¿å¯ä»¥å æ¬å ¶ä»å¯ç§»å¨/ä¸å¯ç§»å¨ãæå¤±æ§/éæå¤±æ§è®¡ç®æºç³»ç»åå¨ä»è´¨ãä» ä½ä¸ºç¤ºä¾ï¼å¯ä»¥æä¾åå¨ç³»ç»1814ç¨äºä»ä¸å¯ç§»å¨ãéæå¤±æ§ç£ä»è´¨(æªç¤ºåºå¹¶ä¸é常被称为â硬ç驱å¨å¨â)读åå¹¶ä¸åå ¶åå ¥ãè½ç¶æ²¡æç¤ºåºï¼ä½æ¯å¯ä»¥æä¾ç¨äºä»å¯ç§»å¨ãéæå¤±æ§ç£ç(ä¾å¦ï¼â软çâ)读åå¹¶ä¸åå ¶åå ¥çç£ç驱å¨å¨ä»¥åç¨äºä»å¯ç§»å¨ãéæå¤±æ§å ç(ä¾å¦ï¼CD-ROMï¼DVD-ROMæå ¶ä»å å¦ä»è´¨)读åæåå ¶åå ¥çå ç驱å¨å¨ãå¨è¿ç§å®ä¾ä¸ï¼æ¯ä¸ªå¯ä»¥éè¿ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªæ°æ®ä»è´¨æ¥å£è¿æ¥å°æ»çº¿ãå¦ä¸é¢å°è¿ä¸æ¥æç»åæè¿°çï¼åå¨å¨1806å¯ä»¥å æ¬è³å°ä¸ä¸ªç¨åºäº§åï¼è¯¥ç¨åºäº§åå ·æè¢«é 置为æ§è¡æ¬ç³è¯·çåç§å®æ½ä¾çåè½çä¸ç»(ä¾å¦ï¼è³å°ä¸ä¸ª)ç¨åºæ¨¡åãComputer system/server 1802 typically includes various computer system readable media. Such media can be any available media that can be accessed by computer system/server 1802, and it includes volatile and non-volatile media, removable and non-removable media. In one embodiment, system memory 1806 implements the flow charts of other figures. System memory 1806 can include computer system readable media in the form of volatile memory, such as random access memory (RAM) 1810 and/or buffer memory 1812. Computer system/server 1802 can also include other removable/non-removable, volatile/non-volatile computer system storage media. By way of example only, a storage system 1814 can be provided for reading from and writing to a non-removable, non-volatile magnetic medium (not shown and commonly referred to as a "hard drive"). Although not shown, a disk drive for reading from and writing to a removable, non-volatile disk (e.g., a "floppy disk") and an optical drive for reading from or writing to a removable, non-volatile optical disk (e.g., CD-ROM, DVD-ROM or other optical media) can be provided. In this instance, each may be connected to the bus via one or more data media interfaces. As will be further depicted and described below, memory 1806 may include at least one program product having a set (eg, at least one) of program modules configured to perform the functions of various embodiments of the present application.
ä½ä¸ºç¤ºä¾èééå¶ï¼å¯ä»¥å¨åå¨å¨1806ä¸åå¨å ·æä¸ç»(è³å°ä¸ä¸ª)ç¨åºæ¨¡å1818çç¨åº/å®ç¨ç¨åº1816以åæä½ç³»ç»ãä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªåºç¨ç¨åºãå ¶ä»ç¨åºæ¨¡ååç¨åºæ°æ®ãæä½ç³»ç»ãä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªåºç¨ç¨åºãå ¶ä»ç¨åºæ¨¡å以åç¨åºæ°æ®æå ¶æç§ç»åä¸çæ¯ä¸è å¯ä»¥å æ¬èç½ç¯å¢ç宿½æ¹å¼ãç¨åºæ¨¡å1818é常æ§è¡æ¬ææè¿°çæ¬ç³è¯·çåç§å®æ½ä¾çåè½å/ææ¹æ³ãBy way of example and not limitation, a program/utility 1816 having a set (at least one) of program modules 1818 and an operating system, one or more application programs, other program modules, and program data may be stored in memory 1806. Each of the operating system, one or more application programs, other program modules, and program data, or some combination thereof, may include an implementation of a networking environment. Program modules 1818 generally perform the functions and/or methods of various embodiments of the present application described herein.
妿¬é¢åææ¯äººåå°è®¤è¯å°çï¼æ¬ç³è¯·çåæ¹é¢å¯ä»¥ä½ç°ä¸ºç³»ç»ãæ¹æ³æè®¡ç®æºç¨åºäº§åãå æ¤ï¼æ¬ç³è¯·çåæ¹é¢å¯ä»¥æ¯å®å ¨ç¡¬ä»¶å®æ½ä¾ãå®å ¨è½¯ä»¶å®æ½ä¾(å æ¬åºä»¶ã常驻软件ã微代ç ç)æç»å软件å硬件æ¹é¢ç宿½ä¾çå½¢å¼ï¼è¿äºæ¹é¢å¨æ¬æä¸ä¸è¬å°é½è¢«ç§°ä¸ºâçµè·¯ãâæ¨¡åâæâç³»ç»âãæ¤å¤ï¼æ¬ç³è¯·çåæ¹é¢å¯ä»¥éå被ä½ç°å¨ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªè®¡ç®æºå¯è¯»ä»è´¨ä¸çè®¡ç®æºç¨åºäº§åçå½¢å¼ï¼è¿äºè®¡ç®æºå¯è¯»ä»è´¨ä¸å å«è®¡ç®æºå¯è¯»ç¨åºä»£ç ãAs will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, aspects of the present application may be embodied as a system, method, or computer program product. Thus, aspects of the present application may be in the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment (including firmware, resident software, microcode, etc.), or a combination of software and hardware aspects, which are generally referred to herein as "circuits," "modules," or "systems." In addition, aspects of the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied in one or more computer-readable media containing computer-readable program code.
è®¡ç®æºç³»ç»/æå¡å¨1802è¿å¯ä»¥ä¸ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªå¤é¨è®¾å¤1820(ä¾å¦é®çãå®ç¹è®¾å¤ãæ¾ç¤ºå¨1822ç)ï¼ä½¿ç¨æ·è½å¤ä¸è®¡ç®æºç³»ç»/æå¡å¨1802交äºçä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªè®¾å¤ï¼å/æä½¿è®¡ç®æºç³»ç»/æå¡å¨1802è½å¤ä¸ä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªå ¶ä»è®¡ç®è®¾å¤éä¿¡çä»»ä½è®¾å¤(ä¾å¦ï¼ç½ç»å¡ãè°å¶è§£è°å¨ç)éä¿¡ãè¿ç§éä¿¡å¯ä»¥ç»ç±I/Oæ¥å£1824åçãç¶èï¼è®¡ç®æºç³»ç»/æå¡å¨1802å¯ä»¥ç»ç±ç½ç»éé å¨1826ä¸è¯¸å¦å±åç½(LAN)ãéç¨å¹¿åç½(WAN)å/æå ¬å ±ç½ç»(ä¾å¦ï¼äºèç½)ä¹ç±»çä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªç½ç»éä¿¡ãå¦å¾æç¤ºï¼ç½ç»éé å¨1826ç»ç±æ»çº¿ä¸è®¡ç®æºç³»ç»/æå¡å¨1802çå ¶ä»ç»ä»¶éä¿¡ãåºå½çè§£ï¼è½ç¶æ²¡æè¢«ç¤ºåºï¼ä½æ¯å¯ä»¥ç»åè®¡ç®æºç³»ç»/æå¡å¨1802使ç¨å ¶ä»ç¡¬ä»¶å/æè½¯ä»¶ç»ä»¶ã示ä¾å æ¬ä½ä¸éäºï¼å¾®ä»£ç ã设å¤é©±å¨å¨ãåä½å¤çåå ãå¤é¨ç£ç驱å¨å¨éµåãRAIDç³»ç»ãç£å¸¦é©±å¨å¨åæ°æ®æ¡£æ¡åå¨ç³»ç»çãThe computer system/server 1802 may also communicate with one or more external devices 1820 (e.g., keyboard, pointing device, display 1822, etc.); one or more devices that enable a user to interact with the computer system/server 1802; and/or any device that enables the computer system/server 1802 to communicate with one or more other computing devices (e.g., network card, modem, etc.). Such communication may occur via an I/O interface 1824. However, the computer system/server 1802 may communicate with one or more networks such as a local area network (LAN), a general wide area network (WAN), and/or a public network (e.g., the Internet) via a network adapter 1826. As shown, the network adapter 1826 communicates with other components of the computer system/server 1802 via a bus. It should be understood that, although not shown, other hardware and/or software components may be used in conjunction with the computer system/server 1802. Examples include, but are not limited to, microcode, device drivers, redundant processing units, external disk drive arrays, RAID systems, tape drives, and data archive storage systems, etc.
æ¬é¢åææ¯äººåå°çè§£ï¼âç³»ç»âå¯ä»¥è¢«ä½ç°ä¸ºä¸ªäººè®¡ç®æºãæå¡å¨ãæ§å¶å°ã个人æ°åå©ç(PDA)ãèçªçµè¯ãå¹³æ¿è®¡ç®è®¾å¤ãæºè½çµè¯æä»»ä½å ¶ä»åéç计ç®è®¾å¤æè®¾å¤çç»åãå°ä¸è¿°åè½åç°ä¸ºç±âç³»ç»âæ§è¡å¹¶ä¸æ¨å¨ä»¥ä»»ä½æ¹å¼éå¶æ¬ç³è¯·çèå´ï¼èæ¯æ¨å¨æä¾è®¸å¤å®æ½ä¾çä¸ä¸ªç¤ºä¾ãå®é ä¸ï¼å¯ä»¥ä»¥ä¸è®¡ç®ææ¯ä¸è´çæ¬å°åååå¸å¼å½¢å¼æ¥å®ç°æ¬æå ¬å¼çæ¹æ³ãç³»ç»åè£ ç½®ãThose skilled in the art will appreciate that a "system" may be embodied as a personal computer, server, console, personal digital assistant (PDA), cellular telephone, tablet computing device, smart phone, or any other suitable computing device or combination of devices. Presenting the above functions as being performed by a "system" is not intended to limit the scope of the present application in any way, but is intended to provide an example of many embodiments. In practice, the methods, systems, and apparatus disclosed herein may be implemented in localized and distributed forms consistent with computing technology.
åºå½æ³¨æï¼å¨æ¬è¯´æä¹¦ä¸æè¿°çä¸äºç³»ç»ç¹å¾è¢«åç°ä¸ºæ¨¡åï¼ä»¥ä¾¿æ´å ·ä½å°å¼ºè°å®ä»¬ç宿½æ¹å¼ç¬ç«æ§ãä¾å¦ï¼æ¨¡åå¯ä»¥è¢«å®ç°ä¸ºç¡¬ä»¶çµè·¯ï¼è¯¥ç¡¬ä»¶çµè·¯å æ¬å®å¶è¶ å¤§è§æ¨¡éæ(VLSI)çµè·¯æé¨éµåãç°æçå导ä½ï¼ä¾å¦é»è¾è¯çãæ¶ä½ç®¡æå ¶ä»åç«ç»ä»¶ãè¿å¯ä»¥å¨è¯¸å¦ç°åºå¯ç¼ç¨é¨éµåãå¯ç¼ç¨éµåé»è¾ãå¯ç¼ç¨é»è¾è®¾å¤ãå¾å½¢å¤çåå çä¹ç±»çå¯ç¼ç¨ç¡¬ä»¶è®¾å¤ä¸å®ç°æ¨¡åãIt should be noted that some system features described in this specification are presented as modules in order to more specifically emphasize their implementation independence. For example, a module can be implemented as a hardware circuit that includes custom very large scale integration (VLSI) circuits or gate arrays, off-the-shelf semiconductors such as logic chips, transistors, or other discrete components. Modules can also be implemented in programmable hardware devices such as field programmable gate arrays, programmable array logic, programmable logic devices, graphics processing units, etc.
è¿å¯ä»¥ä»¥ç¨äºç±åç§ç±»åçå¤ç卿§è¡ç软件æ¥è³å°é¨åå°å®ç°æ¨¡åãæè¯å«ç坿§è¡ä»£ç çåå å¯ä»¥ä¾å¦å æ¬è®¡ç®æºæä»¤çä¸ä¸ªæå¤ä¸ªç©çæé»è¾åï¼è¿äºæä»¤å¯ä»¥ä¾å¦è¢«ç»ç»ä¸ºå¯¹è±¡ãç¨åºæå½æ°ãç¶èï¼æè¯å«ç模åç坿§è¡ææ¬çç©çä½ç½®ä¸ä¸å®å¨ä¸èµ·ï¼ä½æ¯å¯ä»¥å æ¬åå¨å¨ä¸åä½ç½®ä¸çä¸åæä»¤ï¼è¿äºæä»¤å¨é»è¾å°ç»åå¨ä¸èµ·æ¶å æ¬è¯¥æ¨¡åå¹¶ä¸å®ç°è¯¥æ¨¡åçæè¿°ç®çãæ¤å¤ï¼æ¨¡åå¯ä»¥è¢«åå¨å¨è®¡ç®æºå¯è¯»ä»è´¨ä¸ï¼è¯¥è®¡ç®æºå¯è¯»ä»è´¨å¯ä»¥æ¯ä¾å¦ç¡¬ç驱å¨å¨ãéªå设å¤ãéæºåååå¨å¨(RAM)ãç£å¸¦æç¨äºå卿°æ®çä»»ä½å ¶ä»è¿ç§ä»è´¨ãModules can also be implemented at least in part with software for being executed by various types of processors. The unit of the executable code identified can, for example, include one or more physical or logical blocks of computer instructions, which can, for example, be organized as objects, programs or functions. However, the physical location of the executable text of the identified module is not necessarily together, but can include different instructions stored in different locations, which include the module and realize the described purpose of the module when logically combined together. In addition, modules can be stored on a computer-readable medium, which can be, for example, a hard disk drive, a flash memory device, a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic tape or any other such medium for storing data.
å®é ä¸ï¼å¯æ§è¡ä»£ç çæ¨¡åå¯ä»¥ä¸ºå个æä»¤æè®¸å¤æä»¤ï¼å¹¶ä¸å¯ä»¥çè³è¢«åå¸å¨è¥å¹²ä¸åçä»£ç æ®µä¸ãå¨ä¸åçç¨åºä¹é´ã以åå¨è¥å¹²åå¨è®¾å¤ä¹ä¸ã类似å°ï¼å¯æä½çæ°æ®å¨æ¬æä¸å¯ä»¥è¢«è¯å«æç¤ºåºå¨æ¨¡åå ï¼å¹¶ä¸å¯ä»¥ä»¥ä»»ä½éå½å½¢å¼è¢«ä½ç°å¹¶ä¸è¢«ç»ç»å¨ä»»ä½éå½ç±»åçæ°æ®ç»æå ã坿ä½çæ°æ®å¯ä»¥è¢«æ¶é为åä¸ªæ°æ®éï¼æå¯ä»¥è¢«åå¸å¨ä¸åçä½ç½®ä¸(å æ¬ä¸åçåå¨è®¾å¤ä¸)ï¼å¹¶ä¸å¯ä»¥è³å°é¨åå°ä» ä» ä½ä¸ºçµä¿¡å·åå¨äºç³»ç»æç½ç»ä¸ãIn fact, the module of executable code can be a single instruction or many instructions, and can even be distributed on several different code segments, between different programs, and on several storage devices. Similarly, operable data can be identified or shown in the module herein, and can be embodied in any appropriate form and organized in the data structure of any appropriate type. Operable data can be collected as a single data set, or can be distributed in different locations (including different storage devices), and can exist on a system or network at least in part only as an electrical signal.
å°å®¹æçè§£çæ¯ï¼å¯ä»¥ä»¥åç§ä¸åçé ç½®å¸ç½®åè®¾è®¡å¨æ¬æéå¾ä¸æ»ä½æè¿°å说æçæ¬ç³è¯·çç»ä»¶ãå æ¤ï¼å¯¹å®æ½ä¾çè¯¦ç»æè¿°å¹¶ä¸æ¨å¨éå¶æè¦æ±ä¿æ¤çç³è¯·çèå´ï¼èä» ä» ä»£è¡¨æ¬ç³è¯·çæé宿½ä¾ãIt will be readily understood that the components of the present application generally described and illustrated in the drawings herein may be arranged and designed in a variety of different configurations. Therefore, the detailed description of the embodiments is not intended to limit the scope of the claimed application, but merely represents selected embodiments of the present application.
æ¬é¢åçæ®éææ¯äººåå°å®¹æçè§£ï¼å¯ä»¥ä»¥ä¸å顺åºçæ¥éª¤å/æç¨ä¸æå ¬å¼çé ç½®ä¸åçé ç½®ä¸ç硬件å ä»¶æ¥å®è·µä¸è¿°å 容ãå æ¤ï¼è½ç¶å·²ç»åºäºè¿äºä¼é宿½ä¾æè¿°äºæ¬ç³è¯·ï¼ä½æ¯å¯¹äºæ¬é¢åçææ¯äººåæ¾èæè§çæ¯ï¼æäºä¿®æ¹ãåååæ¿ä»£æé å°æ¯æ¾èæè§çãThose skilled in the art will readily appreciate that the above may be practiced in different orders of steps and/or with hardware elements in configurations different from those disclosed. Therefore, although the present application has been described based on these preferred embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that certain modifications, variations, and alternative configurations will be apparent.
è½ç¶å·²ç»æè¿°äºæ¬ç³è¯·çä¼é宿½ä¾ï¼ä½æ¯åºå½çè§£ï¼ææè¿°ç宿½ä¾ä» ä» æ¯è¯´ææ§çï¼å¹¶ä¸å½èèå°å ¶å ¨é¨èå´ççåç©åä¿®æ¹(ä¾å¦ï¼åè®®ã硬件设å¤ã软件平å°ç)æ¶ï¼æ¬ç³è¯·çèå´ä» ç±æéæå©è¦æ±æ¥éå®ãAlthough preferred embodiments of the present application have been described, it should be understood that the described embodiments are merely illustrative and that the scope of the present application is limited solely by the appended claims when considering its full range of equivalents and modifications (e.g., protocols, hardware devices, software platforms, etc.).
RetroSearch is an open source project built by @garambo | Open a GitHub Issue
Search and Browse the WWW like it's 1997 | Search results from DuckDuckGo
HTML:
3.2
| Encoding:
UTF-8
| Version:
0.7.4